17.06.2014 Views

Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be

Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be

Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

CONTENTS<br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE 1<br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />

CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />

SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTERS ACTIVITIES<br />

MEDIA PRACTISES AND PROCEDURES<br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />

LICENSING<br />

PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />

APPENDICES<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


CONTENTS<br />

Page<br />

Page Page Page 1<br />

General Secretary’s Message................................9<br />

1 KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

1.1 Use of <strong>the</strong> manual.................................................. 13<br />

1.2 The competition...................................................... <strong>14</strong><br />

1.3 The partnership....................................................... 17<br />

1.4 Overview of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League concept........................................ 18<br />

1.5 Overview of organisational matters................ 20<br />

2 GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

2.1 Overview of required facilities........................... 31<br />

2.2 Access to facilities.................................................. 35<br />

2.3 Security....................................................................... 35<br />

2.4 Access to facilities for spectators<br />

with disabilities........................................................ 36<br />

2.5 The pitch.................................................................... 37<br />

2.6 Technical facilities................................................... 38<br />

2.7 Retractable roofs..................................................... 39<br />

2.8 Power, lighting and utilities................................. 39<br />

2.9 Scoreboards, videoboards<br />

and internal stadium TV channel..................... 41<br />

2.10 UEFA Europa League Offices.............................. 41<br />

2.11 Meeting rooms........................................................ 42<br />

3 UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

PARTNERS AND VISITING<br />

CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

3.1 Tickets..............................................................................<br />

47<br />

3.2 Hospitality................................................................. 51<br />

3.3 Parking.............................................................................<br />

52<br />

3.4 Dispatch of tickets, hospitality<br />

and parking passes................................................. 52<br />

3.5 UEFA Europa League<br />

promotional activities........................................... 52<br />

3.6 Product display........................................................ 54<br />

4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

4.1 Space, facility and<br />

construction requirements.................................. 59<br />

4.2 Camera positions.................................................... 60<br />

4.3 Commentary positions......................................... 66<br />

4.4 Pitch reporter positions........................................ 67<br />

4.5 Broadcast studios................................................... 68<br />

4.6 Interview areas........................................................ 69<br />

4.7 Pitchside presentation areas.............................. 69<br />

4.8 TV compound........................................................... 70<br />

4.9 Cabling........................................................................ 71<br />

4.10 Power and lighting................................................. 72<br />

4.11 Observer seats.......................................................... 72<br />

5 MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

5.1 Media working area............................................... 77<br />

5.2 Media seating (media tribune).......................... 77<br />

5.3 Press conference room......................................... 78<br />

5.4 Mixed zone................................................................ 79<br />

5.5 Photographers’ working area<br />

and match positions.............................................. 80<br />

5.6 Internet connectivity............................................ 80<br />

5.7 Camera storage for non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters............................................................. 81<br />

5.8 Media hospitality.................................................... 81<br />

6 SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />

6.1 Deliveries and shipment...................................... 85<br />

6.2 Working and storage areas................................. 85<br />

6.3 Truck parking and security.................................. 85<br />

7 CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

7.1 Use of logos.............................................................. 89<br />

7.2 Group stage.............................................................. 90<br />

7.3 Knockout stage........................................................ 94<br />

8 EXCLUSIVITY AND<br />

STADIUM BRANDING<br />

8.1 General........................................................................ 99<br />

8.2 Advertising and stadium dressing.................. 102<br />

9 SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />

PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

9.1 Presenting sponsor............................................... 107<br />

9.2 Official sponsors.................................................... 107<br />

9.3 Official match ball................................................. 108<br />

9.4 Product supply and display............................... 109<br />

9.5 Matchnight promotions..................................... 109<br />

10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />

10.1 Interviews and presentations.......................... 113<br />

10.2 Filming of teams’ preparations....................... 116<br />

11 MEDIA PRACTICES<br />

AND PROCEDURES<br />

11.1 Match activities..................................................... 121<br />

11.2 Additional media activities............................... 125<br />

12 CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

12.1 Medical requirements......................................... 131<br />

12.2 Playing kit and equipment................................ 132<br />

12.3 UEFA Europa League,<br />

UEFA and Respect flags..................................... 138<br />

12.4 Ballboys/girls........................................................... 139<br />

12.5 Pitch watering........................................................ 139<br />

12.6 <strong>Club</strong> mascots.......................................................... <strong>14</strong>0<br />

12.7 Stadium tours......................................................... <strong>14</strong>0<br />

12.8 Scoreboards, videoboards and<br />

internal stadium TV channel............................ <strong>14</strong>1<br />

12.9 Public address (PA) system............................... <strong>14</strong>3<br />

12.10 <strong>Club</strong> channels......................................................... <strong>14</strong>4<br />

12.11 Filming and video analysis<br />

for technical purposes......................................... <strong>14</strong>5<br />

12.12 Use of technical devices in <strong>the</strong> technical area....... <strong>14</strong>5<br />

12.13 Public screening.................................................... <strong>14</strong>6<br />

12.<strong>14</strong> <strong>Club</strong> media rights................................................. <strong>14</strong>6<br />

13 ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

13.1 UEFA Europa League<br />

accreditation system .......................................... 151<br />

13.2 Media access rights and<br />

accreditation procedures................................... 154<br />

<strong>14</strong> BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />

ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>.1 Centre circle and lineup banner...................... 159<br />

<strong>14</strong>.2 <strong>Club</strong> fan and entertainment activities.......... 160<br />

<strong>14</strong>.3 <strong>Club</strong> promotional activities............................... 161<br />

<strong>14</strong>.4 Matchday programme........................................ 162<br />

<strong>14</strong>.5 Non-commercial use of <strong>UEL</strong><br />

marks on digital club platforms...................... 163<br />

<strong>14</strong>.6 Social media............................................................ 164<br />

15 UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />

15.1 Road to <strong>the</strong> final.................................................... 169<br />

15.2 Anti-racism campaign......................................... 169<br />

15.3 Respect campaign................................................ 169<br />

16 LICENSING...................................................... 173<br />

17 PRODUCT CATEGORY<br />

EXCLUSIVITY LIST.................................. 179<br />

18 APPENDICES<br />

18.1 Index.......................................................................... 183<br />

18.2 Contact information............................................ 186<br />

18.3 Season Planner<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

6 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CONTENTS<br />

7


GENERAL SECRETARY’S MESSAGE<br />

The UEFA Europa League is entering <strong>the</strong> middle<br />

season of <strong>the</strong> second three-year cycle of its life,<br />

and it is safe to say that <strong>the</strong> competition is now<br />

fully established. The format based on a group<br />

stage involving 48 clubs means that <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League offers a wide geographical spread<br />

and allows a broad spectrum of teams to add an<br />

international ingredient to <strong>the</strong> menu that <strong>the</strong>y<br />

offer <strong>the</strong>ir fans.<br />

The successful launch of a “new” competition<br />

entails a great deal of hard work and one of<br />

<strong>the</strong> priorities is to give it a strong identity.<br />

This has certainly <strong>be</strong>en achieved, with <strong>the</strong> public<br />

responding positively to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League’s<br />

strong branding. The response from <strong>the</strong> clubs has<br />

also <strong>be</strong>en extremely positive and this has <strong>be</strong>en<br />

a key element during <strong>the</strong> construction phase<br />

of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

One of <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r key issues is to implant “UEFA<br />

standards” as uniformly as possible in a context of<br />

great diversity in terms of venues. Last season was<br />

<strong>the</strong> first in which UEFA managed <strong>the</strong> operational<br />

aspects of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League on an internal<br />

basis, with <strong>the</strong> aim of streamlining procedures and<br />

providing <strong>the</strong> clubs, along with <strong>the</strong> television and<br />

commercial partners, <strong>the</strong> highest possible level of<br />

service. The impact of this adjustment can now<br />

<strong>be</strong> measured with a view to implementing even<br />

fur<strong>the</strong>r improvements and continuing to upgrade<br />

<strong>the</strong> competition during <strong>the</strong> <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season.<br />

This is why <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> is especially relevant.<br />

The UEFA Europa League offers a European<br />

experience to a wide range of clubs and, in a<br />

typical season, <strong>the</strong> fixture list is a fascinating<br />

cocktail of experienced campaigners and relative<br />

newcomers. The challenge is <strong>the</strong>refore to achieve<br />

<strong>the</strong> highest possible degree of uniformity and<br />

to streng<strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> identity of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

The success of <strong>the</strong> early seasons of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League has <strong>be</strong>en built on a purposeful<br />

partnership <strong>be</strong>tween UEFA and <strong>the</strong> clubs and<br />

on great attention to <strong>the</strong> details outlined in this<br />

<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

I am sure that <strong>the</strong> <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season will<br />

continue to offer <strong>the</strong> public <strong>the</strong> high levels of<br />

entertainment which have contributed greatly to<br />

<strong>the</strong> consolidation of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League on<br />

Europe’s footballing landscape. I wish you every<br />

possible success in <strong>the</strong> pursuit of your objectives<br />

during <strong>the</strong> fifth season in <strong>the</strong> life of this young<br />

and dynamic competition.<br />

Gianni Infantino<br />

UEFA General Secretary<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

GENERAL SECRETARY’S MESSAGE<br />

9


1 KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

1.1 USE OF THE MANUAL<br />

1.2 THE COMPETITION<br />

1.3 THE PARTNERSHIP<br />

1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CONCEPT<br />

1.5 OVERVIEW OF ORGANISATIONAL MATTERS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


1.1 USE OF THE MANUAL<br />

1<br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

This manual sets out operational responsibilities<br />

and information for clubs participating in <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League. It is directly linked to <strong>the</strong><br />

Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

• This manual should <strong>be</strong> used in conjunction<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Regulations<br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety and Security<br />

Regulations (2006 edition), <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium<br />

Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition), <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition), <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition) and <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Anti-Doping Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />

These regulations always prevail in <strong>the</strong> event of<br />

conflict with <strong>the</strong> contents of this manual. Should<br />

<strong>the</strong>re <strong>be</strong> any discrepancies <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> above<br />

regulations, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to decide<br />

which one should prevail.<br />

• This manual should also <strong>be</strong> used toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit<br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand<br />

<strong>Manual</strong>. These tools contain all materials<br />

required to correctly reproduce <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League logo, UEFA Europa League<br />

partners’ logos, toge<strong>the</strong>r with production<br />

details of all printed materials connected<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />

• This manual is intended solely for internal club<br />

purposes. No part of it may <strong>be</strong> reproduced or<br />

transmitted by any process or means without<br />

<strong>the</strong> prior written consent of UEFA.<br />

• Should you have any questions about<br />

<strong>the</strong> use of this manual, please contact<br />

UEFA using <strong>the</strong> contact details provided<br />

in section 18.2.<br />

Frequently used terms<br />

A num<strong>be</strong>r of terms are used frequently throughout <strong>the</strong> manual. For <strong>the</strong> sake of brevity,<br />

<strong>the</strong> following definitions apply.<br />

Terminology<br />

<strong>UEL</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster *<br />

Host broadcaster *<br />

Main visiting broadcaster *<br />

Visiting broadcaster *<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partner<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />

Group stage<br />

Meaning<br />

UEFA Europa League (i.e. <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards)<br />

An entity licensed by UEFA to broadcast <strong>UEL</strong> matches via television,<br />

internet and/or mobile devices<br />

The <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster from <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club who is responsible<br />

for producing <strong>the</strong> multilateral feed of a particular match<br />

The <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster from <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> visiting club who has <strong>the</strong><br />

primary rights in that country for a particular match<br />

A <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster with on-site facilities<br />

A company licensed by UEFA to have sponsorship<br />

and supply rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners who are licensed<br />

by UEFA to have commercial rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

All matches played in <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />

Knockout stage All matches played in <strong>the</strong> knockout stage – i.e. <strong>the</strong> round of 32, round of 16,<br />

quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />

MD<br />

Matchday – i.e. any day on which a <strong>UEL</strong> match is scheduled to <strong>be</strong> played.<br />

The abbreviations MD-1, MD-2 and MD-3 are used to indicate <strong>the</strong> days<br />

leading up to <strong>the</strong> match and MD+1 denotes <strong>the</strong> day after <strong>the</strong> match<br />

* Please note that for <strong>the</strong> ease of readability <strong>the</strong> term “broadcaster” is used in this manual instead of “audiovisual rights holder”,<br />

as per UEFA regulations.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

13


1.2 THE COMPETITION<br />

The UEFA Europa League format involves a group<br />

stage and a knockout stage. The fifth UEFA<br />

Europa League involves a total of 205 matches,<br />

giving lesser known clubs or those from emerging<br />

countries a <strong>be</strong>tter chance to challenge for a<br />

European honour. The group stage involves 48<br />

clubs, of which 24 qualify for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />

Group stage<br />

(48 clubs:12 groups of four clubs; <strong>the</strong> top two clubs from each group advance to <strong>the</strong> knockout stage)<br />

Group A<br />

Group G<br />

Group B<br />

Group H<br />

Group C<br />

Group I<br />

Group D<br />

Group J<br />

Group E<br />

Group K<br />

and go on to compete in <strong>the</strong> round of 32 toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with <strong>the</strong> eight clubs that finished in third position<br />

in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Champions League groups. This first<br />

round of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage is followed by a round<br />

of 16, quarter-finals and semi-finals, <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong><br />

competition concludes with a one-off final in<br />

Turin on <strong>14</strong> May 20<strong>14</strong>.<br />

Group F<br />

Group L<br />

Total 205<br />

matches<br />

<strong>14</strong>4<br />

Total 15<br />

matchdays<br />

1-6<br />

Match schedule<br />

From <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season<br />

comprises 15 matchdays, including <strong>the</strong> final. As a<br />

rule, all UEFA Europa League matches kick off at<br />

19.00 and 21.05CET (Central European Time) and<br />

First matchday<br />

2 v 3<br />

4 v 1<br />

Fourth matchday<br />

1 v 3<br />

4 v 2<br />

Second matchday<br />

are played on Thursdays. The only exception is <strong>the</strong><br />

final, which is played on a Wednesday at 20.45CET.<br />

The sequence of group stage matches is as follows.<br />

1 v 2<br />

3 v 4<br />

Fifth matchday<br />

3 v 2<br />

1 v 4<br />

Third matchday<br />

3 v 1<br />

2 v 4<br />

Sixth matchday<br />

2 v 1<br />

4 v 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Standard kick-off times<br />

8<br />

Knockout stage<br />

(32 clubs: 24 clubs from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> group stage and <strong>the</strong> 8 3rd-placed teams from <strong>the</strong> UCL group stage)<br />

Standard kick-off<br />

times (CET)<br />

Group stage<br />

Knockout stage<br />

9<br />

Quarter-final<br />

Round of 32<br />

Round of 16<br />

Quarter-final Quarter-final<br />

Semi-final<br />

Semi-final<br />

Quarter-final<br />

32<br />

16<br />

8<br />

4<br />

7-8<br />

9-10<br />

11-12<br />

13-<strong>14</strong><br />

Matchday<br />

Wed 20.45<br />

Thu 19.00<br />

21.05<br />

1<br />

MD1<br />

MD1<br />

2<br />

MD2<br />

MD2<br />

3<br />

MD3<br />

MD3<br />

4<br />

MD4<br />

MD4<br />

5<br />

MD5<br />

MD5<br />

6<br />

MD6<br />

MD6<br />

7<br />

R32<br />

R32<br />

8<br />

R32<br />

R32<br />

9<br />

R16<br />

R16<br />

10<br />

R16<br />

R16<br />

11<br />

QF<br />

12<br />

QF<br />

13<br />

SF<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

SF<br />

15<br />

FINAL<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

Final<br />

1<br />

15<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

<strong>14</strong> UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

15


Key dates<br />

1.3 THE PARTNERSHIP<br />

Submission of player lists to UEFA<br />

For all matches in <strong>the</strong> first qualifying round<br />

For all matches in <strong>the</strong> second qualifying round<br />

For all matches in <strong>the</strong> third qualifying round<br />

For all matches in <strong>the</strong> play-off round<br />

For all fur<strong>the</strong>r matches from <strong>the</strong> first match in <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />

up to and including <strong>the</strong> final<br />

For clubs to register three new eligible<br />

players for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />

Submission of sample player kits to UEFA<br />

For clubs that qualify directly for <strong>the</strong> play-offs and <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />

For clubs that qualify for <strong>the</strong> play-offs through <strong>the</strong> qualifying rounds<br />

Draws and club workshops<br />

Knockout stage match dates<br />

24 June <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

12 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

26 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

12 August <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

2 Septem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

3 February 20<strong>14</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

1 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

12 August <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />

The clubs form unique partnerships with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners to create a unique combination from<br />

which <strong>the</strong> competition is delivered. Without <strong>the</strong><br />

close cooperation <strong>be</strong>tween clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners, <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League would not <strong>be</strong> as successful as it is.<br />

UEFA controls and conducts <strong>the</strong> competition and<br />

coordinates <strong>the</strong> three partner groups. In addition,<br />

UEFA has appointed <strong>the</strong> agency TEAM Marketing<br />

to secure financial support from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />

To ensure <strong>the</strong> success of <strong>the</strong> competition,<br />

everyone must <strong>be</strong>nefit. <strong>Club</strong>s must have<br />

<strong>the</strong> opportunity to play in a European competition<br />

and <strong>be</strong> financially rewarded for <strong>the</strong>ir contribution,<br />

while <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners, who provide <strong>the</strong><br />

competition with worldwide exposure and<br />

substantial revenue, <strong>be</strong>nefit from association<br />

with an outstanding competition.<br />

Clearly, no group alone can make <strong>the</strong> concept<br />

work: it has to <strong>be</strong> a partnership. On UEFA Europa<br />

League matchnights, <strong>the</strong> clubs must accept that<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcast partners are <strong>the</strong>ir broadcasters<br />

and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners are <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

sponsor/supplier partners. The need to correctly<br />

embrace and service <strong>the</strong>se partners is paramount,<br />

and clubs must recognise that <strong>the</strong>se contractual<br />

arrangements come <strong>be</strong>fore all local deals that<br />

support clubs in competitions o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League.<br />

On matchnight, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong><br />

clubs’ partners.<br />

UEFA has pioneered a commercial approach<br />

which ensures that funds raised directly <strong>be</strong>nefit<br />

football. It is this centralised commercial strategy<br />

which also produces clear <strong>be</strong>nefits for clubs,<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners and spectators.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Group stage 30 August <strong>2013</strong><br />

Round of 32 and 16 13 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

Quarter-finals 21 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />

Semi-finals 11 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />

Group stage match dates<br />

MD1 19 Septem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD2 3 Octo<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD3 24 Octo<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD4 7 Novem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD5 28 Novem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD6 12 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

MD7 Round of 32 – 1 st leg 20 February 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD8 Round of 32 – 2 nd leg 27 February 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD9 Round of 16 – 1 st leg 13 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD10 Round of 16 – 2 nd leg 20 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD11 Quarter-final – 1 st leg 3 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD12 Quarter-final – 2 nd leg 10 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD13 Semi-final – 1 st leg 24 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD<strong>14</strong> Semi-final – 2 nd leg 1 May 20<strong>14</strong><br />

MD15 Final <strong>14</strong> May 20<strong>14</strong><br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

16 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

17


1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE UEFA<br />

EUROPA LEAGUE CONCEPT<br />

Exclusive rights form <strong>the</strong> basis of <strong>the</strong> commercial<br />

concept of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League. This means<br />

that <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong> only commercial<br />

entities who may associate <strong>the</strong>mselves with <strong>the</strong><br />

competition and who may run promotions and/or<br />

competitions (including ticket promotions) in and<br />

around <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

Commercial concept<br />

Media rights<br />

• Implementing <strong>the</strong> principles of <strong>the</strong> European<br />

Commission’s decision, <strong>the</strong> core media rights<br />

will <strong>be</strong> marketed on an exclusive basis by<br />

UEFA. UEFA has appointed TEAM to assist<br />

it in this regard.<br />

• Certain rights – notably non-live audiovisual<br />

rights – will <strong>be</strong> marketed jointly by UEFA<br />

and <strong>the</strong> clubs. Subject to such agreements,<br />

all media rights for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

will <strong>be</strong> marketed exclusively by UEFA.<br />

• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />

in section 12.<strong>14</strong>.<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ rights<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners make<br />

up an exclusive sponsorship group.<br />

• This group contains one presenting sponsor,<br />

two official sponsors and one official<br />

ball supplier.<br />

• Only <strong>the</strong>se partners may associate<br />

<strong>the</strong>mselves with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />

• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />

in section 9.<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners’ exclusivity<br />

• From <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards, all press<br />

conferences, flash interviews or mixed<br />

zones should feature no branding o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

than that of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />

• As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners have<br />

exclusivity <strong>be</strong>fore (as of MD-2), during and after<br />

(MD+1) <strong>UEL</strong> matches in <strong>the</strong> exclusive areas, as<br />

defined at <strong>the</strong> site visit (see section 1.5). UEFA<br />

and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong> only organisations<br />

with commercial rights within <strong>the</strong>se areas for<br />

matches in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are under an obligation to use products<br />

and/or services provided by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after<br />

matches. This applies primarily to (but is not<br />

limited to) <strong>the</strong> media and hospitality areas.<br />

• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />

in section 9.<br />

Licensing<br />

• UEFA operates an official licensing programme,<br />

which will promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League,<br />

offer unique and au<strong>the</strong>ntic souvenirs to fans,<br />

and generate revenue for clubs (see section 16).<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> logo and o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> properties may<br />

only <strong>be</strong> commercially exploited through a<br />

UEFA licensee or on <strong>the</strong> basis of a separately<br />

negotiated agreement with UEFA. In principle,<br />

clubs are not allowed to commercially exploit<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> name and/or logo (or o<strong>the</strong>r UEFA and/or<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> properties – e.g. <strong>the</strong> trophy or an<strong>the</strong>m).<br />

Brand identity<br />

• Correct implementation of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League’s exciting brand identity will <strong>be</strong> critical<br />

to ensuring that <strong>the</strong> competition’s visual impact<br />

is consistent and impressive. The identity has<br />

<strong>be</strong>en created to give <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

a strong and different brand presence and is in<br />

keeping with <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>me of journeys to European<br />

success. This positioning was derived from <strong>the</strong><br />

characteristics of participating clubs, fans and<br />

players <strong>the</strong>mselves, who use <strong>the</strong> competition<br />

as a springboard to challenge <strong>the</strong> traditional<br />

powerhouses of European football.<br />

• The identity is made up of three core elements;<br />

<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> logo, <strong>the</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m and <strong>the</strong> visual<br />

identity. These features are applied consistently<br />

across all media forms and at competition<br />

venues to build recognition of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />

among fans.<br />

The UEFA Europa League logo<br />

• The arch in <strong>the</strong> logo has <strong>be</strong>en updated.<br />

The 2009 -12 artwork may no longer <strong>be</strong> used.<br />

• The logo’s eye-catching gold and burgundy<br />

colours were chosen to reflect <strong>the</strong> competition’s<br />

prestige, while <strong>the</strong> design features <strong>the</strong> iconic<br />

trophy as <strong>the</strong> focal point.<br />

• In some cases, <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor<br />

logo will <strong>be</strong> added to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo.<br />

• For <strong>the</strong> correct usage of <strong>the</strong> logo, please refer<br />

to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong><br />

provided to all participating clubs. All uses of <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> logo are subject to prior approval by UEFA.<br />

The UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m is played at all venues<br />

during <strong>the</strong> countdown to kick-off, as well<br />

as by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters from across <strong>the</strong> glo<strong>be</strong>.<br />

This original an<strong>the</strong>m is exclusive to <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League and was purposely<br />

composed to reflect <strong>the</strong> values of <strong>the</strong><br />

competition. The an<strong>the</strong>m was rerecorded<br />

in <strong>2013</strong>, so <strong>the</strong> 2009 -12 version may<br />

no longer <strong>be</strong> used.<br />

Visual identity 2012-15<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> opening and closing sequences will<br />

<strong>be</strong> played at <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>ginning and end of every<br />

broadcast. The sequences were filmed in various<br />

locations across Europe and bring to life <strong>the</strong> pan-<br />

European journey concept that is synonymous<br />

with <strong>the</strong> competition. Accompanying <strong>the</strong><br />

opening and closing sequences are short break<br />

bumpers, promotional trailers and graphics, all<br />

derived from <strong>the</strong> same design concept.<br />

• This on-air <strong>the</strong>me is mirrored in all off-air design<br />

elements, with <strong>the</strong> event branding produced by<br />

UEFA (as of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage) also intended<br />

to capture <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League’s European<br />

adventure traits. <strong>Club</strong>s will need to use this<br />

design, which will sometimes include <strong>the</strong><br />

partner logos, for a variety of branded<br />

applications at venues, such as tickets,<br />

signage and scoreboard/videoboard graphics.<br />

• Under no circumstances may any element<br />

of <strong>the</strong> visual identity <strong>be</strong> used toge<strong>the</strong>r with<br />

commercial or non-commercial third party.<br />

• Participating clubs will <strong>be</strong> supplied with<br />

artwork (including implementation guidelines)<br />

for all items which are to <strong>be</strong> branded using <strong>the</strong><br />

design concept. The identity is unique for <strong>the</strong><br />

2012-15 cycle and will <strong>be</strong> refreshed in <strong>the</strong> future.<br />

All <strong>UEL</strong> branding shown in this manual is<br />

for illustration purposes only. <strong>Club</strong>s that<br />

qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong> supplied<br />

with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and artwork<br />

at <strong>the</strong> group stage draw in Monaco.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

18 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

19


1.5 OVERVIEW OF ORGANISATIONAL MATTERS<br />

Pre-season<br />

Formation of <strong>the</strong> local organising<br />

committee (LOC)<br />

• To facilitate cooperation with UEFA, each club<br />

must appoint a main contact person for <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

season – someone responsible for administrative<br />

and organisational matters who speaks and<br />

writes English fluently. This person must <strong>be</strong><br />

available on site throughout each matchweek<br />

for both home and away matches.<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> main contact heads a local organising<br />

committee (LOC), which needs to have <strong>the</strong><br />

full authority of <strong>the</strong> club’s management to<br />

decide on operational issues in connection<br />

with match organisation.<br />

• In addition to <strong>the</strong> club’s main contact,<br />

<strong>the</strong> LOC must consist of <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

– a stadium manager;<br />

– a safety/security officer;<br />

– a ticketing manager;<br />

– an English speaking club press officer (who<br />

must assist <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue director/media<br />

officer and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters for both home<br />

and away matches and arrange an English<br />

interpreter if required);<br />

– a representative of <strong>the</strong> stadium owner<br />

(if required).<br />

Involvement of third parties<br />

• The club is responsible for informing <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant parties, especially <strong>the</strong> stadium owner<br />

and any leaseholders within and around <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium, about <strong>the</strong> rules and regulations for<br />

<strong>the</strong> organisation of a <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />

• UEFA may ask <strong>the</strong> club to sign a special<br />

agreement with <strong>the</strong> relevant parties to<br />

ensure that all rights are enforced.<br />

• If a club does not own <strong>the</strong> stadium where its<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> matches are played, it ensures that <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium owner agrees to abide by all relevant<br />

obligations in <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and/or this club<br />

manual. No fees can <strong>be</strong> charged to <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />

for usage of any facilities at <strong>the</strong> stadium. In<br />

principle, a club must play all its <strong>UEL</strong> matches in<br />

<strong>the</strong> same stadium (unless required or approved<br />

to do o<strong>the</strong>rwise by UEFA).<br />

Site visits<br />

• Before <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season, UEFA<br />

representatives will conduct a site visit during<br />

<strong>the</strong> periods set out in <strong>the</strong> attached club season<br />

planner.<br />

The clubs must ensure that:<br />

– LOC personnel are available;<br />

– stadium facilities are fully accessible;<br />

– a meeting room is available with<br />

adequate infrastructure for presentations<br />

(screen, projector, etc.);<br />

– suitable complimentary refreshments<br />

are provided.<br />

The purpose of <strong>the</strong> site visit is to:<br />

– review and identify all facilities required;<br />

– discuss <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ requirements;<br />

– take decisions on necessary organisational<br />

arrangements.<br />

For each site visit, <strong>the</strong>re will <strong>be</strong> a standard<br />

meeting schedule:<br />

– an opening and plenary meeting (with all club<br />

representatives and <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue team);<br />

– a stadium tour;<br />

– a stadium infrastructure meeting;<br />

– TV meeting (including <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters);<br />

– a closing meeting (all club representatives<br />

and UEFA venue team).<br />

• After <strong>the</strong> group stage, a second site visit will<br />

<strong>be</strong> required <strong>be</strong>cause of commercial changes<br />

to <strong>the</strong> competition which will affect <strong>the</strong><br />

organisation of matches.<br />

• During <strong>the</strong> season, additional site visits may<br />

<strong>be</strong> necessary in <strong>the</strong> event of changes to<br />

<strong>the</strong> stadium, additional requests from <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters or any o<strong>the</strong>r developments<br />

which may affect <strong>the</strong> organisation of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• For example, a fur<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster-specific<br />

site visit may <strong>be</strong> necessary after <strong>the</strong> draws for<br />

<strong>the</strong> group stage, rounds of 32 and 16, quarterfinals<br />

and semi-finals to allow <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

<strong>the</strong> opportunity to inspect <strong>the</strong> available facilities<br />

as identified at <strong>the</strong> main site visit.<br />

• Any changes to arrangements agreed at <strong>the</strong> site<br />

visit at <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>ginning of <strong>the</strong> season require <strong>the</strong><br />

prior written approval of UEFA.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

20 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

21


Matchweek requirements<br />

Meetings<br />

Organisational meeting (MD)<br />

Matchweek schedule<br />

Before, during and after each <strong>UEL</strong> match, <strong>the</strong>re will <strong>be</strong> a standard schedule of meetings and activities.<br />

A typical schedule, based on <strong>the</strong> standard kick-off times of 19.00CET and 21.05CET, is as follows.<br />

19.00CET 21.05CET Activity Participants<br />

MD-3<br />

during during Signage truck arrives<br />

Home club, signage<br />

<strong>the</strong> day* <strong>the</strong> day*<br />

MD-2<br />

09.00* 09.00* Signage supplier unloads truck and commences Signage<br />

work at stadium<br />

a.m./p.m. a.m./p.m. UEFA staff arrive and set up offices UEFA<br />

MD-1<br />

09.00 09.00 <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster trucks arrive <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, home club<br />

10.00 10.00 <strong>Club</strong> meeting UEFA, home club<br />

15.00 15.00 Television meeting UEFA, home club, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

p.m. p.m. Official training and press conferences for both teams UEFA, both clubs, media<br />

p.m. p.m. Referees’ training UEFA, both clubs<br />

p.m. p.m. Centre circle/lineup banner ceremony rehearsal UEFA, home club<br />

p.m. p.m. Videoboard meeting UEFA, home club<br />

p.m. p.m. UEFA delegate arrives at airport Home club<br />

p.m. p.m. UEFA security officer arrives at airport (if appointed<br />

<strong>be</strong>cause of an increased risk)<br />

Home club<br />

p.m. p.m. Security meeting (if a UEFA security officer has <strong>be</strong>en<br />

appointed; see above)<br />

UEFA, both clubs, police,<br />

emergency services<br />

p.m. p.m. Official dinner (or official lunch on MD) UEFA, both clubs<br />

MD<br />

10.00 10.00 Pitch inspection UEFA, both clubs<br />

10.30 10.30 Organisational meeting UEFA, both clubs, police,<br />

emergency services<br />

<strong>14</strong>.00 16.00 Board and graphics test UEFA, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

p.m. p.m. Accreditation system starts and gates open Home club<br />

16.00 18.00 Television meeting UEFA, home club, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

17.00 19.05 Dressing room filming UEFA, both clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

17.45 19.50 Team arrival filming UEFA, both clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

19.00 21.05 Kick-off UEFA, both clubs<br />

post-match post-match Press conferences and mixed zone activities UEFA, both clubs, media<br />

21.45 23.45 Debrief meeting (alternatively on MD+1) UEFA, home club<br />

MD+1<br />

08.00 * 08.00 * Signage supplier dismantles signage and loads truck Signage<br />

Morning Morning UEFA staff depart UEFA<br />

Evening * Evening * Signage truck departs Home club, signage<br />

The following official meetings take place<br />

during matchweek.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> meeting (MD-1)<br />

• Participants discuss all organisational matters<br />

(UEFA venue team and home club).<br />

Television meeting (MD-1)<br />

• Participants establish all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />

requirements, production plans and procedures,<br />

and confirm access rights and activities of <strong>the</strong><br />

club channel and fan TV.<br />

Security meeting (if a UEFA security officer<br />

has <strong>be</strong>en appointed to ensure consistency;<br />

MD-1)<br />

• Participants discuss all matters related to<br />

<strong>the</strong> overall security concept, with all relevant<br />

parties involved.<br />

• Chaired by <strong>the</strong> UEFA security officer and includes<br />

<strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate, security staff and police from<br />

both clubs, o<strong>the</strong>r emergency services, stadium<br />

management and any o<strong>the</strong>r relevant parties<br />

involved in safety and security operations<br />

at <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• Issues for discussion include, in particular, travel,<br />

ticketing, access controls and segregation, as<br />

well as <strong>the</strong> command and control model and risk<br />

assessment, including num<strong>be</strong>rs of police and<br />

stewards, and fire and medical services required.<br />

• Participants discuss all organisational matters;<br />

all parties are involved, including <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

delegate, a representative of <strong>the</strong> referee team<br />

and <strong>the</strong> UEFA referee observer, both clubs,<br />

emergency services and stadium staff.<br />

• O<strong>the</strong>r issues for discussion include kit<br />

colours, refereeing matters (with both clubs<br />

guaranteeing <strong>the</strong> presence of one team official<br />

who is seated on <strong>the</strong> substitute’s <strong>be</strong>nch during<br />

<strong>the</strong> match), security, safety and transport, <strong>the</strong><br />

match sheet procedure and countdown to<br />

kick-off.<br />

Television meeting (MD)<br />

• Participants provide information regarding<br />

commentary positions and pre- and post-match<br />

interview activities.<br />

• The meeting involves representatives and/or<br />

commentators from all participating<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

• O<strong>the</strong>r issues for discussion include general<br />

broadcasting matters, such as <strong>the</strong> countdown<br />

to kick-off and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster production plans.<br />

Debrief meeting (MD/MD+1)<br />

• Participants (venue team and home club)<br />

review any issues surrounding <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• Participants agree on solutions to implement<br />

for <strong>the</strong> next match or in <strong>the</strong> future.<br />

• Arrangements are made for <strong>the</strong> next matchday.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

* Applies only to <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />

For a club’s first home <strong>UEL</strong> match of <strong>the</strong> season, <strong>the</strong> arrival of UEFA representatives and <strong>the</strong><br />

installation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> office and equipment may <strong>be</strong>gin on <strong>the</strong> Monday of <strong>the</strong> matchweek.<br />

22 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

23


Training sessions<br />

• The day <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, wea<strong>the</strong>r and<br />

conditions permitting, <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />

is allowed to train on <strong>the</strong> pitch on which <strong>the</strong><br />

match will <strong>be</strong> played. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, referees<br />

may ask to have a light training session<br />

in <strong>the</strong> stadium <strong>the</strong> evening <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match,<br />

as long as it does not interfere with <strong>the</strong> clubs’<br />

training sessions.<br />

• For <strong>the</strong> visiting club and referees' training<br />

sessions, <strong>the</strong> home club must ensure that:<br />

– dressing rooms are available;<br />

– <strong>the</strong> pitch is accessible;<br />

– <strong>the</strong> pitch is in good condition (as for<br />

matchnight);<br />

– floodlights are switched on (if necessary);<br />

– equipment such as spare goals, official match<br />

balls and cones is provided (if requested by<br />

<strong>the</strong> visiting club in advance).<br />

• Refreshments should <strong>be</strong> made available on<br />

request. The two clubs will agree in advance on<br />

service and any potential costs involved.<br />

• A qualified emergency doctor and all required<br />

pitchside emergency medical equipment (as per<br />

UEFA Medical Regulations) must <strong>be</strong> present at<br />

pitchside throughout <strong>the</strong> period that <strong>the</strong> teams<br />

are at <strong>the</strong> venue for <strong>the</strong> training session.<br />

• If holding a training session could render <strong>the</strong><br />

pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match, UEFA reserves<br />

<strong>the</strong> right to cancel any training sessions in <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium. The home club should <strong>the</strong>n provide<br />

an alternative training ground approved<br />

by UEFA in advance (see section 2.5 for<br />

specific requirements).<br />

Pre-and post-match activities,<br />

including countdown to kick-off<br />

• The home club must seek <strong>the</strong> cooperation<br />

of <strong>the</strong> local police to ensure <strong>the</strong> safety and timely<br />

arrival of <strong>the</strong> visiting club and referees when<br />

travelling to <strong>the</strong> stadium in order to guarantee<br />

<strong>the</strong> smooth running of <strong>the</strong> match. Safety<br />

arrangements are also required when travelling<br />

back from <strong>the</strong> stadium after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s shall reserve a specific area for <strong>the</strong><br />

referees’ pre-match warm-up.<br />

• To protect <strong>the</strong> interests of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />

all clubs must respect <strong>the</strong> standard countdown<br />

to kick-off, which will apply at all <strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />

The specific timings of <strong>the</strong> countdown to<br />

kick-off, based on <strong>the</strong> standard kick-off times<br />

and including details of <strong>the</strong> usual pre-match<br />

ceremony, are given on <strong>the</strong> next page.<br />

Referees’ warm-up area<br />

Pre- and post-match activities, including countdown to kick-off<br />

19.00CET 21.05CET Activity<br />

As of stadium As of stadium Centre circle and lineup banner on pitch<br />

opening opening<br />

17.00 (approx.) 19.05 (approx.) Dressing room filming (subject to <strong>the</strong> prior agreement of <strong>the</strong> relevant club)<br />

17.45 (latest) 19.50 (latest) UEFA delegate, UEFA referee observer and referees arrive;<br />

teams arrive and submit official match sheet<br />

18.15 - 18.45*<br />

18.20 - 18.50<br />

20.20 - 20.50*<br />

20.25 - 20.55<br />

Warm-up period on <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />

18.50* 20.55* Teams return to dressing rooms<br />

18.52 20.57 Centre circle carriers assemble on pitch<br />

18.54* 20.59* Teams leave dressing room for studs check (in tunnel)<br />

18.56 21.01 Teams exit onto <strong>the</strong> pitch * accompanied by <strong>UEL</strong> walk-on music<br />

18.57 21.02 Teams line up facing <strong>the</strong> honorary tribune; centre circle carriers pick up centre circle;<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m starts when players line up<br />

18.57.40 21.02.40 Centre circle carried off pitch<br />

18.58.20 21.03.20 Team photos featuring players wearing <strong>the</strong>ir playing kit only<br />

18.58.40 21.03.40 Coin toss (referees and captains)<br />

18.58.50 21.03.50 Lineup banner is carried off pitch<br />

19.00 21.05 Kick-off<br />

19.45 (approx.) 21.50 (approx.) Half-time<br />

+12.30 min* +12.30 min* Teams leave dressing room<br />

+15.00 min +15.00 min Kick-off (second half) after 15 minutes’ break minimum<br />

20.45 22.50 Full time<br />

Later Later Post-match <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and media activities<br />

Later Later Referees depart<br />

Later Later Teams depart<br />

Later Later UEFA delegate departs<br />

* The exact timing of <strong>the</strong> warm-up period, teams leaving dressing rooms and teams’ exit on <strong>the</strong> pitch will <strong>be</strong> adapted<br />

by <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue director to each venue according to <strong>the</strong> distances <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms and <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

24 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

25


Personnel<br />

A num<strong>be</strong>r of representatives of UEFA and o<strong>the</strong>r third parties will attend matches to liaise with<br />

<strong>the</strong> clubs and <strong>UEL</strong> partners. The following table identifies <strong>the</strong>se persons and provides information<br />

on <strong>the</strong>ir role and any special requirements for <strong>the</strong>ir visit.<br />

Personnel Function Ticket and liaison Transport<br />

UEFA President,<br />

presidential delegate or<br />

general secretary<br />

UEFA delegate<br />

UEFA security officer<br />

(if appointed)<br />

UEFA technical observer<br />

(if appointed)<br />

UEFA referee observer<br />

UEFA referees<br />

UEFA referees’<br />

physio<strong>the</strong>rapist<br />

UEFA referees’ liaison<br />

officer<br />

UEFA doping control<br />

officer<br />

UEFA venue director<br />

(VD)<br />

UEFA venue data<br />

coordinator (VDC)<br />

UEFA media<br />

officer (MO) (as of <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage)<br />

UEFA venue operations<br />

and broadcast manager<br />

(VOBM)<br />

UEFA venue services and<br />

sponsorship manager<br />

(VSSM) (at designated<br />

venues)<br />

UEFA signage supplier (as<br />

of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage)<br />

Special UEFA attendee<br />

Overall authority for all aspects<br />

of match organisation<br />

Deals with all matters related<br />

to security<br />

Reviews technical aspects<br />

of <strong>the</strong> match<br />

Deals with all matters<br />

related to refereeing<br />

Official referee toge<strong>the</strong>r with two assistant<br />

referees, <strong>the</strong> fourth official and <strong>the</strong> two<br />

additional assistant referees (AARs)<br />

Provides physio<strong>the</strong>rapy services to <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

referees; <strong>the</strong> physio<strong>the</strong>rapist, independent<br />

of <strong>the</strong> clubs, is organised by <strong>the</strong> national<br />

association of <strong>the</strong> home club<br />

Provides assistance to <strong>the</strong> UEFA referees<br />

and UEFA referees’ observer<br />

Deals with all matters related<br />

to any anti-doping procedures<br />

Responsible for <strong>the</strong> overall implementation<br />

of <strong>the</strong> competition on site and main contact<br />

person for <strong>the</strong> clubs, UEFA delegate and<br />

referees, with focus on competition and<br />

sporting matters; assumes <strong>the</strong> role of UEFA<br />

media officer when none specifically appointed<br />

Ga<strong>the</strong>rs live data on site; compiles official<br />

match statistics<br />

Implements <strong>the</strong> appropriate media services<br />

and facilities<br />

Implementation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> commercial<br />

concept regarding <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />

facilities, activities and signage operations<br />

Implementation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> commercial<br />

concept regarding <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier promotions and hospitality.<br />

Deals with advertising boards<br />

and o<strong>the</strong>r branding elements<br />

VIP ticket provided<br />

by club<br />

VIP ticket and liaison<br />

provided by club<br />

VIP ticket and liaison<br />

provided by club<br />

VIP ticket provided by<br />

club<br />

VIP ticket provided by<br />

club; liaison provided by<br />

national association of<br />

home club<br />

Liaison provided by<br />

national association<br />

of home club<br />

Ticket provided at club’s<br />

discretion<br />

Ticket (for <strong>the</strong> same area<br />

as UEFA referee observer)<br />

provided by club<br />

VIP ticket provided<br />

by club<br />

Provided by club<br />

Provided by club<br />

Provided by club<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Provided by national<br />

association of home<br />

club<br />

Provided by national<br />

association of home<br />

club<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Provided by national<br />

association of home<br />

club<br />

Provided by club after<br />

<strong>the</strong> match<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

Own transport<br />

arrangements<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

26 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


2 GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

2.1 OVERVIEW OF REQUIRED FACILITIES<br />

2.2 ACCESS TO FACILITIES<br />

2.3 SECURITY<br />

2.4 ACCESS TO FACILITIES FOR SPECTATORS<br />

WITH DISABILITIES<br />

2.5 THE PITCH<br />

2.6 TECHNICAL FACILITIES<br />

2.7 RETRACTABLE ROOFS<br />

2.8 POWER, LIGHTING AND UTILITIES<br />

2.9 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS<br />

AND INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />

2.10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE OFFICES<br />

2.11 MEETING ROOMS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


2.1 OVERVIEW OF REQUIRED FACILITIES<br />

The table <strong>be</strong>low provides a brief summary of <strong>the</strong> facilities required for <strong>UEL</strong> matches and shows <strong>the</strong><br />

increase in demands as <strong>the</strong> competition progresses. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details and explanations are set out in<br />

sections 2 to 6 of this manual.<br />

General stadium facilities (section 2)<br />

Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

2<br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

Stadium<br />

Pitch<br />

(section 2.5)<br />

Technical facilities<br />

(section 2.6)<br />

Must meet <strong>the</strong> structural criteria for a category 4 stadium according to <strong>the</strong> Stadium<br />

infrastructure meeting UEFA Stadium Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition)<br />

• Must <strong>be</strong> in excellent condition and measure 105m x 68m<br />

• An alternative training ground must <strong>be</strong> available for training sessions (if holding<br />

a training session in <strong>the</strong> stadium could render <strong>the</strong> pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match)<br />

• First-class dressing rooms for teams and referees<br />

• Doping control station located near <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms<br />

• Room for <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate located near <strong>the</strong> teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms<br />

• High-quality substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches to accommodate <strong>14</strong> persons<br />

• Up to five additional technical seats at least five metres <strong>be</strong>hind or to <strong>the</strong><br />

side of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />

• A medical room dedicated to players and referees close to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Power<br />

(section 2.8)<br />

Floodlighting<br />

(section 2.8)<br />

Internet<br />

(section 2.8)<br />

Offices<br />

(section 2.10)<br />

• In addition, clubs must provide specific levels of power for certain broadcast facilities (pitch<br />

view studios, indoor studios, flash interview positions and/or pitchside presentation positions)<br />

• Min. 1,400 EV (lux) towards main cameras<br />

• Internet connections must <strong>be</strong> available in <strong>UEL</strong> offices, UEFA delegate’s room and in certain<br />

media areas (media working room, media tribune, photographers’ working area and pitchside<br />

positions)<br />

• Internet requested for commentary positions<br />

• Minimum of 75m 2 of functional office space for <strong>UEL</strong> office<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are required to order international telephone, fax, IDSN and ADSL lines for UEFA offices<br />

and <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate’s room<br />

• The installation costs for <strong>the</strong>se phones will <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club, with call charges borne by<br />

<strong>the</strong> relevant user<br />

• One fast colour copy machine must also <strong>be</strong> provided, including technical assistance<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

Meeting rooms<br />

(section 2.11)<br />

• Room(s) for club, TV and organisational meetings, to accommodate up to 40 persons<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

31


UEFA, <strong>UEL</strong> partners and visiting club experience (section 3)<br />

Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />

Tickets (section 3.1)<br />

UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> Partner tickets (section 3.1)<br />

VIP tickets 75 130 200<br />

1st-class<br />

purchase tickets<br />

80 210 260<br />

VIP tickets 70 200 250<br />

Visiting club tickets (section 3.1)<br />

VIP tickets 20<br />

1st-class<br />

200<br />

purchase tickets<br />

Visiting club<br />

5% of stadium capacity<br />

fan tickets<br />

Hospitality (section 3.2)<br />

VIP hospitality Access to home club’s VIP hospitality for VIP ticket holders<br />

Parking (section 3.3)<br />

Parking spaces 60 80 100<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster facilities (section 4)<br />

Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />

Camera positions<br />

(section 4.2)<br />

Commentary<br />

positions<br />

(section 4.3)<br />

Pitch reporter<br />

positions<br />

(section 4.4)<br />

Pitch view studio<br />

(section 4.5)<br />

Indoor studio<br />

(section 4.5)<br />

Flash interview<br />

position<br />

(section 4.6)<br />

Super flash position<br />

(section 4.6)<br />

Pitchside presentation<br />

areas (section 4.7)<br />

TV compound (and<br />

separate uplink<br />

area, if required)<br />

(section 4.8)<br />

Observer tickets<br />

(section 4.11)<br />

• Main cameras<br />

• Pitchside halfway camera<br />

• 16m cameras<br />

• Behind-goal cameras<br />

• Beauty-shot camera<br />

• Bench camera<br />

• High <strong>be</strong>hind-goal cameras<br />

• Reverse-angle cameras<br />

• Mini-cameras<br />

• Tunnel cameras<br />

• Crane cameras<br />

• 6m cameras<br />

10 30 30<br />

• Rail cameras<br />

• Steadicams<br />

• Hot-head cameras<br />

• 20m cameras<br />

• Aerial cameras<br />

• ENG cameras<br />

2 positions with a clear view of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches and additional positions <strong>be</strong>hind goals<br />

11 11 11<br />

22 22 22<br />

Min. 4 Min. 8 Min. 8<br />

Min 2 Min. 2 Min. 2<br />

2 (3 positions per area) 2 (3 positions per area) 2 (3 positions per area)<br />

At least 1,000m 2 of usable<br />

space (and minimum of six<br />

uplinks in any one uplink area)<br />

At least 2,000m 2 of usable space<br />

(and minimum of six uplinks in any separate uplink area)<br />

10 15 20<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

32 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

33


Media facilities (section 5)<br />

Area Group stage Knockout stage<br />

Minimum positions<br />

in media working<br />

area (section 5.1)<br />

Minimum press seats<br />

in <strong>the</strong> media tribune<br />

(5.2)<br />

Minimum seats in<br />

press conference<br />

room (section 5.3)<br />

Audio splitbox<br />

outputs (section 5.3)<br />

Mixed zone<br />

(section 5.4)<br />

Minimum positions<br />

in photographers’<br />

working area<br />

(section 5.5)<br />

30 60<br />

At least 60 (at least 30 with desks)<br />

50 75<br />

15 20<br />

At least 120 (at least 60 with desks)<br />

To accommodate at least 50 journalists, including <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters, audio reporters and written press<br />

15 25<br />

2.2 ACCESS TO FACILITIES<br />

General<br />

For a <strong>UEL</strong> match to <strong>be</strong> organised efficiently and safely, it is vital that all those involved have full access<br />

to <strong>the</strong> necessary designated areas. The access schedule <strong>be</strong>low can <strong>be</strong> taken as <strong>the</strong> standard for a <strong>UEL</strong><br />

matchweek.<br />

Matchday Group stage Knockout stage<br />

MD-3 No access required The signage truck will usually arrive on site on MD-3 and<br />

must <strong>be</strong> fully secured by <strong>the</strong> home club until its departure<br />

MD-2 Full stadium access from 08.00 Full stadium access from 08.00<br />

MD-1 Full stadium access Full stadium access<br />

MD+1 Full stadium access until 12.00 Full access to <strong>the</strong> stadium facilities<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Signage facilities (section 6)<br />

Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />

2.3 SECURITY<br />

9<br />

Signage working<br />

room (section 6.2)<br />

Truck parking and<br />

security (section 6.3)<br />

n/a 100m 2 100m 2<br />

n/a<br />

Space for one truck;<br />

24h security staff<br />

Space for one truck;<br />

24h security staff<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for all aspects of security<br />

as regards <strong>the</strong> organisation of <strong>UEL</strong> matches,<br />

including control of <strong>the</strong> pitch and dressing room<br />

areas. This section highlights some key issues; full<br />

details are set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety and Security<br />

Regulations (2006 edition) and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium<br />

Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition).<br />

General<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s ensure that all gates and emergency<br />

exits are kept free of any obstruction that<br />

could impede <strong>the</strong> flow of spectators.<br />

• The most sophisticated anti-counterfeiting<br />

measures must <strong>be</strong> incorporated into <strong>the</strong><br />

match tickets. All police, security forces and<br />

stewards on duty in and around <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

must <strong>be</strong> familiar with <strong>the</strong>se measures in order<br />

to facilitate <strong>the</strong> rapid identification of any<br />

counterfeit tickets.<br />

• Modern electronic access controls and<br />

mechanical counting systems must <strong>be</strong> installed,<br />

delivering real-time analysis of data on crowd<br />

flows and spectator attendance.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide any signage required to guide<br />

visiting club supporters in <strong>the</strong> relevant language.<br />

This includes ground rules, which must <strong>be</strong> clearly<br />

displayed both inside and outside <strong>the</strong> stadium. In<br />

addition, ground rules relating to prohibited items<br />

must <strong>be</strong> displayed at points of entry in <strong>the</strong> form<br />

of internationally recognised pictograms.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide one entrance allowing<br />

accredited cameras access into <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

Only accredited <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may<br />

<strong>be</strong> allowed access. All non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters must <strong>be</strong> guided to <strong>the</strong> specially<br />

designated room to deposit cameras (as<br />

specifically referred to in sections 5.7 and 13.2).<br />

• The general public must not enter <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

with cameras or filming equipment that can<br />

record professional-quality moving pictures.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must ensure <strong>the</strong> communication of this<br />

policy to <strong>the</strong> general public and implement<br />

appropriate checking systems at entrance gates<br />

and within <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

34 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

35


• <strong>Club</strong>s provide security for seating areas of<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and media<br />

commentary positions, and for all o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster and media facilities<br />

(e.g. TV compound, broadcast studios,<br />

camera positions, and interview<br />

and presentation positions).<br />

Television surveillance system<br />

• The stadium used by <strong>the</strong> clubs for its <strong>UEL</strong><br />

matches must <strong>be</strong> equipped (both inside<br />

and outside) with a permanent television<br />

surveillance system.<br />

2.4 ACCESS TO FACILITIES FOR<br />

SPECTATORS WITH DISABILITIES<br />

This section highlights <strong>the</strong> key issues with regard<br />

to access for supporters with disabilities as set out<br />

in Article 22 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium Infrastructure<br />

Regulations (2010 edition).<br />

• The stadium must have dedicated access points<br />

and seats for spectators with disabilities and<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir helpers.<br />

• Persons with disabilities must have dedicated<br />

sanitary facilities, as well as refreshment and<br />

catering facilities nearby.<br />

• There must <strong>be</strong> at least one disabled toilet for<br />

every 15 wheelchair users.<br />

Public address (PA) system<br />

• The PA system must <strong>be</strong> operational during<br />

all <strong>UEL</strong> matches and must not <strong>be</strong> affected<br />

by any failure of <strong>the</strong> main power supply.<br />

• It will <strong>be</strong> used to announce stadium activities, to<br />

deliver <strong>the</strong> UEFA pre-match announcement and<br />

to play <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League walk-on music<br />

and <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m <strong>be</strong>fore a match. In addition, it<br />

may <strong>be</strong> used at any time to convey messages<br />

from UEFA officials or local authorities (e.g.<br />

security announcements).<br />

• Information on <strong>the</strong> operational procedures<br />

for <strong>the</strong> PA system for <strong>UEL</strong> matches can <strong>be</strong><br />

found in section 12.9.<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, UEFA and <strong>the</strong> Centre for Access to<br />

Football in Europe (CAFE) have issued a “Good<br />

Practice Guide to Creating an Accessible Stadium<br />

and Matchday Experience”. Good practice guide<br />

to creating an accessible stadium and matchday<br />

experience , which provides a <strong>be</strong>nchmark of good<br />

practice for both new and existing stadiums<br />

and sets out UEFA’s standards for matchday<br />

services and facilities as regards supporters with<br />

disabilities. <strong>Club</strong>s are encouraged to follow <strong>the</strong><br />

recommendations in this guide, which offers<br />

practical solutions with a view to delivering<br />

stadiums that are accessible, inclusive and<br />

welcoming for all.<br />

2.5 PITCH<br />

Pitch conditions<br />

• The pitch must <strong>be</strong> in excellent playing condition.<br />

• In <strong>the</strong> event of concerns relating to <strong>the</strong><br />

condition of <strong>the</strong> pitch, UEFA may decide to<br />

conduct additional inspections. Such inspections<br />

may <strong>be</strong> conducted by a UEFA match officer<br />

or an external partner company. Fur<strong>the</strong>r to<br />

such inspections, <strong>the</strong> cost of <strong>the</strong> provision of<br />

expert guidance or material by an external<br />

partner company is to <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club<br />

concerned in line with its responsibilities under<br />

Article 13.06 of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

• No markings o<strong>the</strong>r than those of <strong>the</strong> football<br />

pitch dimensions authorised by UEFA should<br />

<strong>be</strong> visible on <strong>the</strong> field of play (i.e. no rugby field<br />

markings, national football pitch markings, etc.).<br />

• For natural grass pitches, <strong>the</strong> height of <strong>the</strong> grass<br />

should ideally <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween 20mm and 30mm.<br />

The height of <strong>the</strong> grass may not, in principle,<br />

exceed 30mm, and <strong>the</strong> entire playing surface<br />

must <strong>be</strong> cut to <strong>the</strong> same height.<br />

• The height of <strong>the</strong> grass should <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same<br />

for both <strong>the</strong> training session and <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• If deemed necessary by <strong>the</strong> referee or a UEFA<br />

match officer, home clubs may <strong>be</strong> requested<br />

to cut <strong>the</strong> grass for <strong>the</strong> match and training<br />

sessions.<br />

• The home club must ensure that all necessary<br />

measures are taken to guarantee <strong>the</strong> smooth<br />

running of <strong>the</strong> match:<br />

– equipment (e.g. brushes) to assist with <strong>the</strong><br />

draining of <strong>the</strong> pitch in case of heavy rain;<br />

– equipment (e.g. blowers, brushes and<br />

tractors) to clear <strong>the</strong> pitch in case of snow;<br />

– sufficient personnel to react to unexpected<br />

adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />

• A club can change <strong>the</strong> surface of its pitch from<br />

natural grass to artificial turf or vice versa once<br />

during <strong>the</strong> season. This change must occur after<br />

<strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> group stage. Such requests must<br />

<strong>be</strong> submitted to <strong>the</strong> UEFA administration by<br />

1 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong> and <strong>the</strong> new pitch must <strong>be</strong><br />

in place 30 days prior to <strong>the</strong> first match in <strong>the</strong><br />

round of 32. UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to inspect<br />

<strong>the</strong> pitch <strong>be</strong>fore approval.<br />

Safety around <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s ensure that <strong>the</strong> area immediately adjacent<br />

to <strong>the</strong> pitch is safe for players and referees.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked by UEFA to ensure that<br />

this is <strong>the</strong> case.<br />

Moveable pitch<br />

• In stadiums with a moveable pitch, <strong>the</strong> home<br />

club ensures that <strong>the</strong> pitch is in position by:<br />

– 08.00 on MD -1 for group matches<br />

– 08.00 on MD -2 for knockout stage matches<br />

Alternative training ground<br />

If holding a training session could render <strong>the</strong><br />

pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match, an alternative<br />

training ground approved in advance by UEFA<br />

must <strong>be</strong> made available by <strong>the</strong> home club. This<br />

alternative training ground should have <strong>the</strong> same<br />

type of surface as <strong>the</strong> pitch used for <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>be</strong><br />

in excellent condition with sufficient floodlighting,<br />

<strong>be</strong> in a safe and protected environment, and have<br />

appropriate dressing room facilities.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

36 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

37


2.6 TECHNICAL FACILITIES<br />

2.7 RETRACTABLE ROOFS<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s have to provide first-class technical facilities<br />

to ensure that players and match officials can<br />

carry out <strong>the</strong>ir activities in comfort and safety. This<br />

section highlights some key facilities; fur<strong>the</strong>r details<br />

are set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium Infrastructure<br />

Regulations (2010 edition).<br />

Teams’ dressing rooms<br />

• Two first-class dressing rooms must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

for <strong>the</strong> teams. As a minimum, each dressing<br />

room must contain:<br />

– changing facilities for 25 people;<br />

– five showers and three individual<br />

seated toilets;<br />

– a massage table and a tactical board.<br />

Doping control station<br />

A doping control station must <strong>be</strong> provided near <strong>the</strong><br />

teams’ dressing rooms. It must <strong>be</strong> at least 20m²<br />

and comprise a waiting room, a testing room and a<br />

toilet, all adjoining. The waiting room must contain<br />

sufficient seating for eight people, clo<strong>the</strong>s-hanging<br />

facilities and a refrigerator. The testing room must<br />

contain a table, four chairs, a sink with running water and<br />

a cabinet. The toilet area must include a seated toilet,<br />

a sink with running water and, if possible, a shower.<br />

UEFA delegate’s room<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must also provide a room for <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA delegate in <strong>the</strong> direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong><br />

teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms. The UEFA<br />

delegate’s room must <strong>be</strong> equipped with a chair, a<br />

table and communication facilities such as phone,<br />

fax and internet connections.<br />

• Before <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate, in<br />

consultation with <strong>the</strong> referee, decides whe<strong>the</strong>r<br />

a stadium’s retractable roof will <strong>be</strong> open<br />

or closed during play.<br />

• This decision must <strong>be</strong> announced at <strong>the</strong><br />

matchday organisational meeting, although<br />

it may subsequently <strong>be</strong> altered by <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

delegate at any time prior to kick-off (again, in<br />

consultation with <strong>the</strong> referee), if <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

conditions change.<br />

• If <strong>the</strong> match starts with <strong>the</strong> roof closed,<br />

it must remain closed for <strong>the</strong> entire match.<br />

2.8 POWER, LIGHTING AND UTILITIES<br />

• If <strong>the</strong> match starts with <strong>the</strong> roof open, only<br />

<strong>the</strong> referee has <strong>the</strong> authority to order its closure<br />

during <strong>the</strong> match, subject to any applicable laws<br />

issued by a competent state authority.<br />

• Such a decision may only <strong>be</strong> taken if <strong>the</strong><br />

wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions deteriorate significantly.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> referee does order <strong>the</strong> closure of <strong>the</strong> roof<br />

during <strong>the</strong> match, it must remain closed until <strong>the</strong><br />

final whistle.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must inform UEFA about any constraints<br />

preventing <strong>the</strong> roof from <strong>be</strong>ing closed in specific<br />

conditions (e.g. strong wind or rain, or <strong>the</strong> fact<br />

that <strong>the</strong> roof cannot <strong>be</strong> closed when people are<br />

inside <strong>the</strong> stadium).<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Referees’ dressing room<br />

The stadium must <strong>be</strong> equipped with a high-quality<br />

referees’ dressing room measuring at least 20m²<br />

and able to accommodate at least six people.<br />

The dressing room must contain:<br />

– changing facilities for six people;<br />

– two showers and one individual<br />

seated toilet;<br />

– a desk with two seats.<br />

Substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />

The stadium must <strong>be</strong> equipped with two<br />

covered substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches of high quality<br />

at pitch level, each with seating for <strong>14</strong> people.<br />

Technical seats<br />

Up to five additional technical seats are allowed<br />

for club staff providing technical support to <strong>the</strong><br />

teams during <strong>the</strong> match (kit manager, assistant<br />

physio<strong>the</strong>rapist, etc.). Registered players are not<br />

permitted to sit in <strong>the</strong> technical seats. The location<br />

of such seats is subject to <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />

It must <strong>be</strong> outside <strong>the</strong> technical area and at least<br />

five metres <strong>be</strong>hind or/to <strong>the</strong> side of <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />

but with access to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms. The names<br />

and functions of all <strong>the</strong>se persons must <strong>be</strong> listed on<br />

<strong>the</strong> match sheet.<br />

Medical room<br />

An emergency medical room for <strong>the</strong> sole use of<br />

players, referees, team officials and match officers is a<br />

mandatory requirement for all matches. This medical<br />

room must <strong>be</strong> located close to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />

(on <strong>the</strong> same level) and must <strong>be</strong> equipped with <strong>the</strong><br />

mandatory items of equipment and medication as<br />

set out in UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />

General<br />

Existing power (including backup power), lighting,<br />

water and general utilities at <strong>the</strong> stadium must<br />

<strong>be</strong> provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club<br />

within <strong>the</strong> stadium areas used for <strong>the</strong> organisation<br />

of <strong>UEL</strong> matches, including <strong>the</strong> following areas:<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> offices;<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster facilities;<br />

• media facilities;<br />

• signage supplier working and storage areas;<br />

• hospitality areas;<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partner<br />

promotional areas.<br />

Power<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> general requirement for<br />

<strong>the</strong> home club to provide <strong>the</strong> existing power supply<br />

for all broadcast and media facilities, clubs are<br />

required to provide a specific level of power for<br />

certain broadcast facilities, and <strong>the</strong>se requirements<br />

are set out fully in section 4.10.<br />

General lighting<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide adequate lighting<br />

on <strong>the</strong> days prior to <strong>the</strong> match for <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcaster activities, team training and<br />

<strong>the</strong> centre circle and lineup banner rehearsal.<br />

• In addition, stadium lighting and availability<br />

of power must remain at a working level after<br />

<strong>the</strong> match for <strong>the</strong> signage supplier (as of <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage) and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to<br />

dismantle <strong>the</strong>ir materials. Any costs associated<br />

with <strong>the</strong> availability of such lighting and power<br />

must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> home club.<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

38 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

39


Floodlights<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide lighting for <strong>the</strong> field<br />

of play to <strong>the</strong> following specifications:<br />

• minimum average horizontal and vertical<br />

illuminance levels of 1,400 EV (lux).<br />

• uniform coverage of every area of <strong>the</strong><br />

playing field, including <strong>the</strong> corners.<br />

For all matches, clubs must also ensure <strong>the</strong><br />

following:<br />

• Floodlighting installations must <strong>be</strong> fully<br />

maintained.<br />

• Alternative power (backup) is available for<br />

<strong>the</strong> floodlighting system. This must <strong>be</strong> an<br />

independent broadcast lighting mode with an<br />

average illuminance of at least 800 EV (lux) to<br />

cover <strong>the</strong> pitch in <strong>the</strong> event of a power failure.<br />

The home club must provide details of <strong>the</strong><br />

emergency lighting source (e.g. time delay<br />

and EV (lux) level) to UEFA.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s, through <strong>the</strong>ir national associations, must<br />

provide UEFA with a valid lighting certificate<br />

issued within <strong>the</strong> previous 12 months. In addition,<br />

UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to appoint an independent<br />

expert who will check <strong>the</strong> level of floodlighting.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to cooperate fully with<br />

such inspections.<br />

Internet and telephone<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide wireless or cabled internet<br />

connections for all sections of <strong>the</strong> media. Such<br />

connections must, as a minimum, <strong>be</strong> available<br />

in <strong>the</strong> media seating (media tribune), <strong>the</strong> media<br />

working area and photographers’ working area.<br />

Pitchside wireless facilities for photographers<br />

are also recommended. Fur<strong>the</strong>r information<br />

on media facilities can <strong>be</strong> found in section 5.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are also asked to order international<br />

phone, fax, internet and ADSL lines for <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League offices (see also section<br />

2.10), <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate’s room or in<br />

accordance with UEFA requests.<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are responsible for booking<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir own telephone, ADSL and ISDN lines with<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir local telecom operators, and <strong>the</strong>se lines<br />

will <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> installed on site by <strong>the</strong> local telecom<br />

company in <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club. If<br />

required, clubs are requested to provide support<br />

to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters when dealing with <strong>the</strong> local<br />

telecom company on site. In addition, if <strong>the</strong><br />

local telecom company charges a fee to provide<br />

technical support, this will <strong>be</strong> covered by <strong>the</strong><br />

home club.<br />

• Technical assistance must <strong>be</strong> provided by <strong>the</strong><br />

home club free of charge in relation to <strong>the</strong>se lines.<br />

Costs relating to <strong>the</strong> installation and provision<br />

of lines are to <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club, but call<br />

charges are to <strong>be</strong> billed to <strong>the</strong> relevant users.<br />

2.9 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS<br />

AND INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that any scoreboards,<br />

videoboards and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV<br />

channel are fully available to display match<br />

information, including <strong>the</strong> scores from o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

relevant matches.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> branding elements for<br />

scoreboard and videoboard artwork provided in<br />

<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

These branding elements include <strong>the</strong> presenting<br />

sponsor’s logo.<br />

• Information on <strong>the</strong> operational and commercial<br />

procedures for scoreboards, videoboards and<br />

<strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV channel can <strong>be</strong> found<br />

in section 12.8.<br />

2.10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE OFFICES<br />

A minimum of 75m 2 of total office space is required for UEFA from MD-2 to MD+1. The home club<br />

ensures <strong>the</strong> security of <strong>the</strong> offices at all times and ensures that <strong>the</strong> facilities are available from 09.00<br />

on MD-2. These offices must contain <strong>the</strong> following items as appropriate:<br />

• internet connections*;<br />

• tables and chairs;<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

Radio frequencies<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, a set of walkie-talkies will<br />

<strong>be</strong> brought on site for use by UEFA venue team,<br />

to facilitate communication <strong>be</strong>tween all parties<br />

involved in match organisation. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested<br />

to clear <strong>the</strong> necessary radio frequencies with <strong>the</strong><br />

responsible authorities free of charge.<br />

• one fast colour copy machine, including<br />

technical assistance and paper (A4 and A3);<br />

• a fax machine and international fax line;<br />

• phones and international phone lines;<br />

• power sockets;<br />

• sufficient lighting;<br />

• heating (if required);<br />

• air conditioning (if required).<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to provide and install <strong>the</strong> following quantities of <strong>the</strong> above as a minimum.<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

Competition stage<br />

Internet<br />

connections *<br />

Phones and<br />

phone lines<br />

Faxes and<br />

fax lines<br />

Group stage 3 3 1 3/4<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 4 4 1 4/5<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 5 5 1 5/6<br />

Desks/chairs<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

* Fast internet access, wireless or cable; minimum speed 1 Mb/sec, DHCP, all ports open.<br />

40 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />

41


2.11 MEETING ROOMS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

As set out in section 1.5, a num<strong>be</strong>r of official meetings are held during site visits and in <strong>the</strong> course<br />

of a matchweek. The club is responsible for providing appropriate meeting rooms, tables and chairs,<br />

and a reasonable amount of complimentary refreshments.<br />

Site visit<br />

Meeting<br />

Opening meeting < 10<br />

Stadium infrastructure meeting < 10<br />

TV meeting 10 - 20<br />

Signage meeting (knockout stage only) < 5<br />

Closing/summary meeting < 10<br />

Matchweek<br />

MD-1<br />

MD<br />

Meeting<br />

<strong>Club</strong> meeting < 10<br />

Num<strong>be</strong>r of participants<br />

TV meeting 10 - 15<br />

Organisational meeting 20 - 40<br />

TV meeting 15 - 30<br />

Debrief meeting < 10<br />

Num<strong>be</strong>r of participants<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

42 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


3 UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS<br />

AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

3.1 TICKETS<br />

3.2 HOSPITALITY<br />

3.3 PARKING<br />

3.4 DISPATCH OF TICKETS, HOSPITALITY AND<br />

PARKING PASSES<br />

3.5 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />

3.6 PRODUCT DISPLAY<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


3.1 TICKETS<br />

3<br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS<br />

AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

The home club provides UEFA, visiting clubs and<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners with a certain num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets<br />

for every <strong>UEL</strong> match. These tickets are divided into<br />

two groups:<br />

1. tickets provided free of charge<br />

(i.e. complimentary tickets);<br />

2. tickets that have to <strong>be</strong> paid for<br />

(i.e. purchase tickets).<br />

All UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partner complimentary<br />

tickets must include access to <strong>the</strong> club’s elite<br />

VIP hospitality area (see section 3.2).<br />

Complimentary tickets<br />

UEFA and UEFA Europa League partners<br />

The complimentary tickets requested for <strong>UEL</strong><br />

matches must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st seats available in <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium (VIP sector, “protocol area”, directors’ box,<br />

highest level of executive box, etc.). These tickets<br />

must <strong>be</strong> in one cohesive block, unless <strong>the</strong> amount,<br />

as indicated in <strong>the</strong> table overleaf, exceeds 10%<br />

of <strong>the</strong> total capacity of <strong>the</strong> VIP sector.<br />

In such a case, any difference is compensated<br />

for with additional tickets in <strong>the</strong> second-highest<br />

category. These tickets must also <strong>be</strong> in one<br />

cohesive block with easy access to <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />

highest VIP hospitality area. This second-highest<br />

category must <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> 16m lines.<br />

At UEFA’s request, clubs undertake to seat up<br />

to five of UEFA’s VIP ticket holders in <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st<br />

possible positions next to <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate and/<br />

or <strong>the</strong> club’s top executives (club president, CEO,<br />

etc.). UEFA will return one VIP complementary<br />

ticket for each directors’ box tickets requested.<br />

Visiting clubs<br />

The home club reserves 20 complimentary VIP<br />

seats for visiting club’s representatives and <strong>the</strong> same<br />

num<strong>be</strong>r of invitations to <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

47


Summary of complimentary tickets<br />

Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />

Complimentary VIP tickets*<br />

Complimentary VIP tickets*<br />

1<br />

Group stage 75 20<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 130 20<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 200 20<br />

1 st class 2 nd class<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

* If more than 10% of <strong>the</strong> total capacity of <strong>the</strong> VIP area, <strong>the</strong> overflow should <strong>be</strong> placed in <strong>the</strong><br />

second-highest category in one cohesive block.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Sample location for complimentary tickets<br />

Visiting club VIP tickets<br />

UEFA & <strong>UEL</strong> partner VIP tickets<br />

Purchase tickets<br />

UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />

For all matches in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners also have <strong>the</strong> option to purchase<br />

a certain num<strong>be</strong>r of first-class and second-class<br />

tickets. The following principles must <strong>be</strong> observed<br />

in this regard.<br />

• The first-class purchase tickets must <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

<strong>the</strong> 16m lines with a good view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and<br />

in one cohesive section.<br />

• The second-class purchase tickets should <strong>be</strong><br />

along <strong>the</strong> touch line (i.e. not <strong>be</strong>hind<br />

<strong>the</strong> goals) with a good view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and<br />

in one cohesive section.<br />

• UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners are given first option<br />

to purchase tickets, at face value and at <strong>the</strong><br />

same price charged to supporters (with no<br />

surcharge for advance sales).<br />

• All purchase tickets and <strong>the</strong> relevant invoice<br />

must <strong>be</strong> sent via courier (with next-day delivery)<br />

to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />

• One invoice must <strong>be</strong> sent per <strong>UEL</strong> partner,<br />

including purchase order num<strong>be</strong>rs if relevant.<br />

Addresses will <strong>be</strong> provided by UEFA by <strong>the</strong> dates<br />

specified in <strong>the</strong> attached club season planner.<br />

Payment must <strong>be</strong> made within 30 days of<br />

receipt of invoice.<br />

• In <strong>the</strong> event of non-payment, <strong>the</strong> club must<br />

send a reminder to <strong>the</strong> relevant <strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />

and inform UEFA.<br />

• Ticket prices may vary depending on <strong>the</strong> stage<br />

of <strong>the</strong> competition. The home club is obliged<br />

to inform UEFA of its ticket prices (including<br />

any VAT) by <strong>the</strong> dates listed <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

Purchase ticket price deadlines<br />

Group stage Friday 30 August <strong>2013</strong><br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 Friday 13 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />

Quarter-finals Friday 21 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />

Semi-finals Friday 11 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

48 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

49


Visiting clubs<br />

For all matches, <strong>the</strong> participating clubs must<br />

agree in advance on reciprocal arrangements<br />

for <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>rs of tickets to <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

and <strong>the</strong>ir locations, taking into account <strong>the</strong><br />

following principles.<br />

First class<br />

• Visiting clubs are entitled to purchase up to<br />

200 first-class tickets (unless <strong>the</strong> clubs agree<br />

o<strong>the</strong>rwise) for <strong>the</strong>ir VIP supporters, sponsors,<br />

etc. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to discuss and agree<br />

on <strong>the</strong> location of such tickets, which should,<br />

in principle, <strong>be</strong> located within <strong>the</strong> 16m lines,<br />

in a safe and secure area. These tickets must<br />

<strong>be</strong> provided in no more than two cohesive<br />

blocks, and <strong>the</strong> home club must arrange <strong>the</strong><br />

appropriate security for <strong>the</strong>se spectators.<br />

• Arrangements for payment for <strong>the</strong>se tickets<br />

(and <strong>the</strong> return of any unsold tickets) must <strong>be</strong><br />

made in writing <strong>be</strong>fore any tickets are allocated.<br />

Visiting club supporters<br />

• All clubs must make at least 5% of <strong>the</strong> official<br />

UEFA capacity of <strong>the</strong>ir stadium available<br />

exclusively to visiting supporters. That area<br />

should <strong>be</strong> segregated and safe.<br />

• If <strong>the</strong> segregated area comprises more than<br />

5% of <strong>the</strong> total capacity, this greater num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

of places must <strong>be</strong> made available to <strong>the</strong><br />

visiting club.<br />

• Visiting clubs must advise home clubs of <strong>the</strong><br />

num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets required at least ten days <strong>be</strong>fore<br />

<strong>the</strong> match, unless <strong>the</strong> timing of <strong>the</strong> draw makes<br />

this impossible, in which case such notification<br />

must <strong>be</strong> given within 48 hours of <strong>the</strong> draw.<br />

Summary of purchase tickets<br />

• Visiting clubs that have requested an allocation<br />

of tickets that covers all or part of <strong>the</strong> segregated<br />

area may return any unused tickets to <strong>the</strong> home<br />

club free of charge up to seven days prior to <strong>the</strong><br />

match, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise agreed by <strong>the</strong> two clubs<br />

in writing. After this deadline, <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />

must pay for <strong>the</strong> whole allocation, irrespective<br />

of whe<strong>the</strong>r all <strong>the</strong> tickets have <strong>be</strong>en sold. If<br />

<strong>the</strong> allocation initially requested includes a<br />

proportion of tickets outside <strong>the</strong> segregated area,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n payment for <strong>the</strong> whole allocation must <strong>be</strong><br />

made, irrespective of whe<strong>the</strong>r all <strong>the</strong> tickets are<br />

sold by <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />

• Visiting clubs must sell <strong>the</strong> tickets by zones<br />

in order to facilitate <strong>the</strong> reallocation of<br />

unsold tickets.<br />

• Any reduction in <strong>the</strong> quantity of tickets<br />

guaranteed to a visiting club – for whatever<br />

reason – is subject to UEFA’s agreement.<br />

An application to this effect must <strong>be</strong> made<br />

within 72 hours of <strong>the</strong> relevant draw.<br />

• Unless <strong>the</strong> two clubs concerned have agreed<br />

o<strong>the</strong>rwise, <strong>the</strong> price of tickets for supporters<br />

of <strong>the</strong> visiting club may not exceed <strong>the</strong> price<br />

paid for tickets of a comparable category that<br />

are sold to supporters of <strong>the</strong> home club, in<br />

accordance with Article 19 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety<br />

and Security Regulations (2006 edition).<br />

• The home club may reallocate <strong>the</strong> tickets<br />

returned or not requested by <strong>the</strong> visiting club,<br />

provided that all safety and security measures<br />

(as mentioned in <strong>the</strong> Regulations for <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety<br />

and Security Regulations (2006 edition)) are<br />

respected, and provided that such tickets are not<br />

reallocated to supporters of <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />

3.2 HOSPITALITY<br />

<strong>Club</strong> VIP hospitality area<br />

The home club is expected to invite UEFA, visiting<br />

club and <strong>UEL</strong> partner VIP ticket holders into <strong>the</strong><br />

highest VIP hospitality area free of charge. These<br />

VIP ticket holders should <strong>be</strong> given <strong>the</strong> same services<br />

and facilities as <strong>the</strong> home club’s VIP hospitality<br />

guests. If a club offers its VIP guests optional food<br />

and/or <strong>be</strong>verages for a fee, <strong>the</strong> club must provide<br />

<strong>the</strong>se services to UEFA, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners and <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

guests free of charge.<br />

Alternative club VIP hospitality<br />

If <strong>the</strong> home club is not able to offer such facilities<br />

within <strong>the</strong> stadium, it must find an alternative<br />

solution at its own expense outside <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

The standard of <strong>the</strong>se facilities must <strong>be</strong> at least<br />

as good as <strong>the</strong> highest standard available<br />

in <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

1. If <strong>the</strong> VIP seating area is not large enough to<br />

accommodate all ticket requests by UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners, first-class overflow ticket holders will also<br />

<strong>be</strong> invited into <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area.<br />

2. In <strong>the</strong> event that <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area is not<br />

large enough to host <strong>the</strong>se additional first-class<br />

guests and UEFA representatives are unable to<br />

find an appropriate solution during <strong>the</strong> site visit,<br />

first-class overflow ticket holders will <strong>be</strong> invited<br />

into <strong>the</strong> club’s second-highest hospitality area.<br />

3. If <strong>the</strong> home club has no o<strong>the</strong>r hospitality area<br />

in which to host <strong>the</strong>se first-class overflow ticket<br />

holders, it must find an alternative solution,<br />

at its own expense, outside <strong>the</strong> stadium. The<br />

standard of <strong>the</strong>se facilities must <strong>be</strong> at least as<br />

good as <strong>the</strong> highest standard available in <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium, and <strong>the</strong> same services (buffet, drinks,<br />

etc.) should <strong>be</strong> provided to guests.<br />

UEFA Europa League branding in <strong>the</strong> club<br />

VIP hospitality area<br />

UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners reserve<br />

<strong>the</strong> right to display <strong>UEL</strong> branding and <strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />

branding. <strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to offer and/or serve<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ products and/or<br />

services in <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area (and/or<br />

any alternative hospitality area provided by <strong>the</strong> club).<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />

1 st class<br />

purchase tickets<br />

2 nd class<br />

purchase tickets<br />

1 st class<br />

purchase tickets<br />

purchase tickets<br />

Group stage 80 70 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 210 200 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 260 250 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />

Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />

Group stage 75 20<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 130 20<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 200 20<br />

17<br />

18<br />

50 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

51


3.3 PARKING<br />

The home club must provide parking spaces for<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners free of charge. The parking spaces<br />

must <strong>be</strong> in a prime position and, wherever possible,<br />

have easy access to <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area. The<br />

surface of <strong>the</strong> parking spaces must <strong>be</strong> suitable for<br />

use in adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />

In order to gain access to <strong>the</strong>se parking places, <strong>the</strong><br />

club should provide <strong>the</strong> above parties with a parking<br />

pass that includes <strong>the</strong> following information:<br />

– location;<br />

– name;<br />

– opening hours of <strong>the</strong> parking area.<br />

The club implements and manages <strong>the</strong> parking<br />

system on site.<br />

Competition stage<br />

Partner parking<br />

spaces required<br />

Group stage 60<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 80<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 100<br />

UEFA Europa League presenting<br />

sponsor and official sponsors<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> quarter-finals, <strong>the</strong> club must, upon<br />

request, also provide an additional area of at least<br />

300m 2 , toge<strong>the</strong>r with power supply and related<br />

facilities, for promotional and display activities.<br />

In relation to <strong>the</strong> above, <strong>the</strong> home club provides<br />

promotional spaces for UEFA and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners within <strong>the</strong> stadium area<br />

controlled by <strong>the</strong> club as follows.<br />

• The promotion area must <strong>be</strong> inside or in <strong>the</strong><br />

direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong> stadium, within <strong>the</strong> area<br />

controlled by <strong>the</strong> club, to reach a maximum<br />

num<strong>be</strong>r of fans. It should <strong>be</strong> available from<br />

MD-1 until MD+1. The space provided must <strong>be</strong><br />

in a suitable condition to carry out promotions.<br />

• The space provided may also <strong>be</strong> used to sell<br />

merchandise. If local laws require authorisation<br />

for this, <strong>the</strong> club must assist <strong>the</strong> relevant <strong>UEL</strong><br />

sponsor/supplier partners in this regard.<br />

If <strong>the</strong>re is no adequate promotion area which is<br />

controlled by <strong>the</strong> home club, <strong>the</strong> club is required<br />

to secure permission from <strong>the</strong> relevant authorities<br />

to obtain space for such promotions on areas<br />

controlled by <strong>the</strong>se authorities. The club is also<br />

responsible for taking reasonable steps to ensure<br />

that such an area is suitable for carrying out <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant promotions. In addition, clubs may <strong>be</strong><br />

required to provide storage facilities for UEFA<br />

and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors and supplier partners’<br />

promotional materials.<br />

Hospitality areas<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club should allow UEFA<br />

and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors and supplier partners to<br />

display branding in <strong>the</strong> hospitality areas to which<br />

its guests have access. This may include UEFA<br />

Europa League and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor and supplier<br />

partner branding inside and/or in front of <strong>the</strong>se<br />

hospitality areas (e.g. fabric frames, a welcome<br />

desk, telescopics and table signs).<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

3.4 DISPATCH OF TICKETS, HOSPITALITY<br />

AND PARKING PASSES<br />

All <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ complimentary and purchase<br />

tickets, hospitality passes and parking passes must<br />

<strong>be</strong> sent directly from <strong>the</strong> home club to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners via courier (with next-day delivery) by<br />

<strong>the</strong> dates specified in <strong>the</strong> attached club season<br />

planner. UEFA will inform <strong>the</strong> club of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners’ address details and <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets,<br />

hospitality passes and parking passes required by<br />

fax or email. All shipping costs are to <strong>be</strong><br />

borne by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

In addition, if not stated on <strong>the</strong> hospitality pass,<br />

<strong>the</strong> club must include with each pass, a letter in<br />

both English and <strong>the</strong> local language that includes<br />

<strong>the</strong> following information on <strong>the</strong> hospitality area:<br />

– location;<br />

– name;<br />

– opening hours;<br />

– dress code;<br />

– any special requirements (age restriction,<br />

RSVP, etc.).<br />

• Any work required to make <strong>the</strong> area suitable for<br />

carrying out such promotions is to <strong>be</strong> completed<br />

at <strong>the</strong> home club’s expense.<br />

• The home club must provide <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />

security for <strong>the</strong>se promotional areas and may<br />

not charge any fee for providing <strong>the</strong> promotional<br />

area or <strong>the</strong> right to conduct promotional<br />

activities inside <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

3.5 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

UEFA Europa League promotional areas<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, clubs must, upon<br />

request, provide a promotional area of at<br />

least 600m 2 , toge<strong>the</strong>r with power and related<br />

facilities, for promotional activities by UEFA<br />

and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors.<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

52 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />

53


3.6 PRODUCT DISPLAY<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to display and/or use products<br />

and/or services provided by <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

partners <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after <strong>the</strong> matches free<br />

of charge.<br />

UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners<br />

reserve <strong>the</strong> right to install and/or display UEFA<br />

Europa League branding and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

partners’ branding in <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area.<br />

The club is also required to offer and/or serve <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners’ products and/or services in this area, as<br />

well as in media areas and o<strong>the</strong>r hospitality areas.<br />

In such areas, UEFA and its <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor partners<br />

reserve <strong>the</strong> right to:<br />

– display and place branding;<br />

– provide products and services;<br />

– install service equipment.<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, if requested to do so by UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />

club must also serve and use <strong>the</strong> products and/or<br />

services. <strong>Club</strong>s are not allowed to charge for any<br />

of <strong>the</strong>se rights.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

54 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

4.1 SPACE, FACILITY AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS<br />

4.2 CAMERA POSITIONS<br />

4.3 COMMENTARY POSITIONS<br />

4.4 PITCH REPORTER POSITIONS<br />

4.5 BROADCAST STUDIOS<br />

4.6 INTERVIEW AREAS<br />

4.7 PITCHSIDE PRESENTATION AREAS<br />

4.8 TV COMPOUND<br />

4.9 CABLING<br />

4.10 POWER AND LIGHTING<br />

4.11 OBSERVER SEATS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


4.1 SPACE, FACILITY AND<br />

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS<br />

4<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

The location of dedicated areas, access and<br />

facilities for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters will <strong>be</strong> discussed<br />

and agreed <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> club, UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters at site visits. UEFA’s decisions in this<br />

area are final.<br />

Space and facility requirements<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide space and existing<br />

infrastructure for <strong>the</strong> installation of broadcast<br />

facilities. If necessary, this will require seats to<br />

<strong>be</strong> removed, even if this reduces ticket sales.<br />

Construction requirements<br />

If <strong>the</strong> required facilities do not already exist, clubs<br />

will <strong>be</strong> required to construct camera positions,<br />

indoor studios, commentary positions, interview<br />

positions and cable route infrastructure at <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

own expense. The arrangements in relation to <strong>the</strong><br />

construction of pitch view studios are contained<br />

in section 4.5.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

59


4.2 CAMERA POSITIONS Main cameras (A1, A2, A3, A4)<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that <strong>the</strong> camera positions<br />

descri<strong>be</strong>d <strong>be</strong>low can <strong>be</strong> accommodated, unless<br />

<strong>the</strong>y present any safety or security risks to players,<br />

officials or <strong>the</strong> public. Where required, security<br />

must <strong>be</strong> provided by <strong>the</strong> home club for <strong>the</strong>se<br />

camera positions, and all camera positions must<br />

have an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> pitch. All camera<br />

positions and activities are subject to <strong>the</strong> approval<br />

of UEFA.<br />

To guarantee a consistently high standard of<br />

broadcasting across all <strong>UEL</strong> matches, a minimum<br />

num<strong>be</strong>r of camera positions must <strong>be</strong> available at<br />

each stadium for use by <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster and<br />

by visiting broadcasters who wish to supplement<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir coverage.<br />

The following diagram features <strong>the</strong> camera positions<br />

that may <strong>be</strong> required for match coverage by <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters. <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that <strong>the</strong>se camera<br />

positions can <strong>be</strong> accommodated at <strong>the</strong>ir stadium.<br />

Positioned in <strong>the</strong> main stand and situated exactly<br />

on <strong>the</strong> halfway line, <strong>the</strong>se cameras must <strong>be</strong> covered<br />

and must face away from <strong>the</strong> sun. Space must <strong>be</strong><br />

provided for at least three cameras for <strong>the</strong> group<br />

stage (on a platform at least 6m in length) and<br />

at least four cameras for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage (on<br />

a platform at least 8m in length). The cameras<br />

must have a full and clear view of <strong>the</strong> whole pitch,<br />

and it must <strong>be</strong> possible to use <strong>the</strong>m unaltered<br />

(i.e. without applying side viewfinders).<br />

Pitchside halfway camera (B)<br />

A fixed camera positioned on <strong>the</strong> halfway line<br />

at pitch level. It may <strong>be</strong> necessary for this camera<br />

to <strong>be</strong> placed <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />

in which case a solution must <strong>be</strong> found to<br />

enable an unimpeded view of <strong>the</strong> field of play<br />

and substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches for <strong>the</strong> UEFA fourth<br />

official, and a clear view of <strong>the</strong> pitch for<br />

club representatives.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Sixteen-metre cameras (C1, C2)<br />

Two cameras installed in <strong>the</strong> main stand exactly<br />

on <strong>the</strong> 16m lines, at <strong>the</strong> same level or higher than<br />

<strong>the</strong> main camera platform.<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

Behind-goal cameras (D)<br />

Two areas <strong>be</strong>hind each goal, one on <strong>the</strong> side<br />

closest to <strong>the</strong> main camera and one on <strong>the</strong> far<br />

side of <strong>the</strong> goal, of a minimum of 10m long and<br />

2m wide each, <strong>be</strong>hind each goal must <strong>be</strong> made<br />

available for both multilateral and unilateral live<br />

cameras and ENG crews.<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

60 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

61


Beauty-shot camera (E)<br />

A fixed camera mounted high in <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

to give a panoramic static shot of whole arena.<br />

Bench cameras (F)<br />

A portable camera (cabled or wireless) <strong>be</strong>longing<br />

to <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster and one <strong>be</strong>longing to <strong>the</strong><br />

visiting broadcaster (both in fixed positions, unless<br />

agreed o<strong>the</strong>rwise) may <strong>be</strong> positioned to cover<br />

<strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches. These cameras must <strong>be</strong><br />

located outside <strong>the</strong> technical area and positioned<br />

in such a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong> players, coaches<br />

and referees are not distur<strong>be</strong>d and have a clear view<br />

of all corners of <strong>the</strong> field of play. The cameras must<br />

remain <strong>be</strong>hind a imaginary line drawn from <strong>the</strong><br />

substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches to <strong>the</strong> corner flags.<br />

The host broadcaster’s camera may also <strong>be</strong> used<br />

on <strong>the</strong> field for player close-ups during <strong>the</strong> lineup,<br />

<strong>the</strong> coin toss and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

High <strong>be</strong>hind-goal cameras (G1, G2)<br />

A camera installed in <strong>the</strong> stands <strong>be</strong>hind each goal,<br />

at a height permitting an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong><br />

penalty spot from above <strong>the</strong> crossbar.<br />

Reverse-angle cameras (H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, H7)<br />

One camera located in <strong>the</strong> stand and up to three<br />

pitchside cameras on <strong>the</strong> opposite side of <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium to <strong>the</strong> main camera, for reverse-angle<br />

coverage. For quarter-finals and semi-finals, space<br />

for an additional camera in <strong>the</strong> stand (i.e. two in<br />

total) must also <strong>be</strong> made available. Two additional<br />

cameras may <strong>be</strong> located on <strong>the</strong> reverse side,<br />

pitchside and towards <strong>the</strong> corners.<br />

Mini-cameras (J1, J2)<br />

A mini-camera may <strong>be</strong> placed <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal<br />

but cannot <strong>be</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> net or <strong>the</strong> actual<br />

posts and crossbar. A mini-camera may, however,<br />

<strong>be</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> poles which support <strong>the</strong> net or<br />

<strong>the</strong> cable connecting <strong>the</strong> back of <strong>the</strong> net to <strong>the</strong><br />

vertical stanchions directly <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal. These<br />

mini-cameras must not present any danger to <strong>the</strong><br />

players. In particular, if a player runs into <strong>the</strong> net, he<br />

must not <strong>be</strong> able to make contact with <strong>the</strong> camera.<br />

Mini-cameras are subject to UEFA’s approval.<br />

Tunnel camera (K)<br />

A camera in a fixed position approved by UEFA, in<br />

<strong>the</strong> area <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />

(or <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel). This camera may only <strong>be</strong><br />

used <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> teams exit <strong>the</strong> tunnel at <strong>the</strong> start<br />

of <strong>the</strong> first and second half (this may include <strong>the</strong><br />

teams exit prior to <strong>the</strong> teams warm-up).<br />

Crane cameras (L1, L2)<br />

These are permitted <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal if <strong>the</strong>re is<br />

sufficient space and <strong>the</strong>y do not cause security or<br />

safety issues for players, spectators or anyone else<br />

operating in this area.<br />

Six-metre cameras (M1, M2)<br />

Two cameras located on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong><br />

main camera facing <strong>the</strong> six-metre line, at an<br />

approximate height of 5m above <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

Rail cameras (N1, N2)<br />

Rail cameras are permitted, subject to final<br />

approval by UEFA, as follows:<br />

a) on <strong>the</strong> near side (same as main cameras): one<br />

camera on rails along each side of <strong>the</strong> near<br />

touch line, provided it is ei<strong>the</strong>r remote controlled<br />

or operated by a seated cameraman; rails must<br />

<strong>be</strong> a minimum of 4m from <strong>the</strong> touch line, unless<br />

special permission is granted by UEFA. Sufficient<br />

space must <strong>be</strong> left for players to warm up and<br />

for <strong>the</strong> assistant referee to carry-out his job;<br />

b) on <strong>the</strong> far side (i.e. opposite <strong>the</strong> main cameras):<br />

a camera on rails <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />

which can run from one 16m line to <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r,<br />

provided that it does not obstruct <strong>the</strong> view of<br />

spectators or cause any safety or security risks.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

62 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

63


Steadicams (O1, O2)<br />

Up to two hand-held portable cameras may<br />

<strong>be</strong> used by <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster if space permits.<br />

The following guidelines apply to <strong>the</strong> use<br />

of <strong>the</strong>se cameras.<br />

Pre-match:<br />

• Only one camera, <strong>be</strong>longing to <strong>the</strong> host<br />

broadcaster, is allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

Aerial camera system (R)<br />

Aerial camera systems above <strong>the</strong> field of play,<br />

such as spider cams, batcams or cable cams, may<br />

<strong>be</strong> used upon <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster request, subject to<br />

<strong>the</strong> following conditions:<br />

• compliance with local safety and security<br />

regulations (i.e. approval by <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />

authorities);<br />

1<br />

• The on-field camera should preferably <strong>be</strong><br />

a radio frequency camera. If not, a cabled<br />

camera can <strong>be</strong> used as long as a cable assistant<br />

manages <strong>the</strong> cable.<br />

• The camera should cover <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

a) <strong>the</strong> teams entering <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />

b) <strong>the</strong> team lineups – as teams stand facing <strong>the</strong><br />

main stand during <strong>the</strong> playing of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m;<br />

c) <strong>the</strong> coin toss – when <strong>the</strong> referee and team<br />

captains come toge<strong>the</strong>r after <strong>the</strong> fair play<br />

handshake and <strong>the</strong> team photo session;<br />

a sound operator carrying a microphone<br />

may also join at this point.<br />

• The host broadcaster steadicam may also go<br />

around <strong>the</strong> perimeter of <strong>the</strong> pitch to film <strong>the</strong><br />

teams’ warm-up and o<strong>the</strong>r on-pitch events.<br />

Match coverage<br />

• Coverage permitted from corner flags to 16m<br />

lines and also along <strong>the</strong> goal lines (provided that<br />

<strong>the</strong> view of o<strong>the</strong>r broadcast or photo cameras<br />

<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals is not affected).<br />

The host broadcaster steadicam operator may<br />

change sides at half-time.<br />

• Must <strong>be</strong> used in accordance with local health<br />

and safety guidelines.<br />

Post-match<br />

• Up to two of <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster’s cameras are<br />

allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• The cameras may follow <strong>the</strong> players or <strong>the</strong><br />

referees off <strong>the</strong> pitch as far as <strong>the</strong> tunnel<br />

entrance.<br />

• These cameras should preferably <strong>be</strong> radio<br />

frequency cameras. If not, cabled cameras<br />

can <strong>be</strong> used as long, as a cable assistant<br />

manages <strong>the</strong> cable.<br />

New camera systems<br />

• UEFA approval (including a minimum height,<br />

as this could vary from venue to venue);<br />

• compliance with UEFA instructions regarding<br />

camera use.<br />

As a result of technological advances during <strong>the</strong> season, new camera equipment may<br />

<strong>be</strong> developed, which may require new positions in <strong>the</strong> stadium. Subject to both availability<br />

of space and safety and security considerations, such camera positions may <strong>be</strong> approved by<br />

UEFA on a case-by-case basis in consultation with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and clubs involved.<br />

ENG cameras<br />

UEFA ensures that each <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster’s ENG crew consists of no more than two persons:<br />

a camera operator and ei<strong>the</strong>r a reporter, producer or camera assistant. <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’<br />

ENG crews may occupy <strong>the</strong> following positions at <strong>UEL</strong> matches:<br />

ENG crew positions<br />

Pre-match<br />

On <strong>the</strong> near touch line<br />

alongside <strong>the</strong> photographers<br />

for <strong>the</strong> players’ entry onto <strong>the</strong><br />

field and team lineups<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

Hot-head cameras (P1, P2)<br />

A hot-head camera may <strong>be</strong> used <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal<br />

in front of <strong>the</strong> advertising boards, provided <strong>the</strong><br />

camera position does not obstruct <strong>the</strong> advertising<br />

boards or cause any danger to <strong>the</strong> players.<br />

During <strong>the</strong> match<br />

Behind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />

<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals, subject to<br />

<strong>the</strong> availability of space and<br />

UEFA approval; ENG crews may<br />

change ends at half-time only,<br />

if space permits, and may not<br />

move during <strong>the</strong> match<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

Twenty-metre cameras (Q1, Q2)<br />

Two fixed pitchside cameras facing <strong>the</strong> imaginary<br />

20m line in each half on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main<br />

camera. These cameras must <strong>be</strong> positioned in such<br />

a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong> players, coaches and<br />

referees are not distur<strong>be</strong>d and have a clear view<br />

of all corners of <strong>the</strong> field of play. They must remain<br />

<strong>be</strong>hind a line drawn from <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />

to <strong>the</strong> corner flags.<br />

Post-match<br />

Flash interview positions, press<br />

conference room and mixed<br />

zone, if space is available,<br />

subject to UEFA approval<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

64 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

65


4.3 COMMENTARY POSITIONS<br />

Construction<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s provide <strong>the</strong> space for commentary positions<br />

and must construct extra positions as required.<br />

If commentary positions need to <strong>be</strong> built by <strong>the</strong><br />

home club, it is recommended that <strong>the</strong> following<br />

principles are used for <strong>the</strong> construction of each<br />

commentary position.<br />

• There must <strong>be</strong> sufficient space for three<br />

commentators per position, with a minimum<br />

width of 180cm; <strong>the</strong> height of <strong>the</strong> table must <strong>be</strong><br />

approximately 75cm and depth preferably 50cm.<br />

There must <strong>be</strong> access on each side and <strong>be</strong>hind<br />

<strong>the</strong> seats for o<strong>the</strong>r commentators to move into<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir positions.<br />

• There must <strong>be</strong> sufficient space on <strong>the</strong> table for<br />

two monitors, a standard commentary box,<br />

a phone and papers.<br />

• Ideally, it should <strong>be</strong> possible to recess <strong>the</strong> TV<br />

monitors into <strong>the</strong> table and provide chairs at <strong>the</strong><br />

appropriate height to enable commentators to see<br />

<strong>the</strong> entire pitch and <strong>the</strong> monitor at <strong>the</strong> same time.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

• The num<strong>be</strong>r of commentary positions required<br />

for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League varies according to<br />

<strong>the</strong> popularity of <strong>the</strong> match. <strong>Club</strong>s must make<br />

sufficient space for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

Commentary positions<br />

Group stage 10<br />

Knockout stage 30<br />

• Commentary positions must always <strong>be</strong> located<br />

on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main camera platform<br />

and must provide an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong><br />

entire playing area.<br />

• The middle of <strong>the</strong> commentary area should<br />

<strong>be</strong> on <strong>the</strong> halfway line, and all positions must<br />

<strong>be</strong> located <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> 16m lines.<br />

• Access to <strong>the</strong> commentary positions must<br />

<strong>be</strong> secure and separate from spectators.<br />

It is <strong>the</strong> club’s responsibility to ensure <strong>the</strong><br />

area is completely closed off to <strong>the</strong> public.<br />

• At least four commentary positions must <strong>be</strong><br />

of sufficient size and layout to enable a camera<br />

and/or backdrop to <strong>be</strong> placed ei<strong>the</strong>r in front<br />

of or <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> commentators, for use in<br />

commentator presentations.<br />

• Commentary positions must <strong>be</strong> easily accessible<br />

from <strong>the</strong> media working area, <strong>the</strong> press<br />

conference room and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />

• In addition, match commentators must <strong>be</strong><br />

able to access <strong>the</strong> club’s media hospitality area.<br />

• The commentary positions must <strong>be</strong> under<br />

cover, but outside in <strong>the</strong> stand to capture<br />

some crowd atmosphere.<br />

• Commentary positions must have room for three<br />

seats and must <strong>be</strong> equipped with <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />

power (at least two household or Schuko plugs<br />

per commentary position), lighting and phone,<br />

ISDN and ADSL connections.<br />

• The club must also provide sufficient lighting, ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />

through normal stadium lighting or table lamps.<br />

• Each seat of every commentary position, as well as<br />

all equipment at <strong>the</strong> commentary positions, must<br />

<strong>be</strong> easily accessible to technical personnel during<br />

<strong>the</strong> match without disturbing <strong>the</strong> commentators.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to provide internet connections<br />

at commentary positions.<br />

In a normal stand, a commentary position would<br />

occupy space equivalent to that taken up by nine<br />

seats (three for <strong>the</strong> desk, three for <strong>the</strong> seats and<br />

three for access).<br />

4.4 PITCH REPORTER POSITIONS<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide pitch reporter positions for<br />

a limited num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters at each<br />

venue. These will <strong>be</strong> subject to UEFA’s approval.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> staff and players may not communicate<br />

with a pitch reporters during <strong>the</strong> match or look<br />

at <strong>the</strong>ir TV monitor.<br />

• Generally, one position for <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster<br />

and one for <strong>the</strong> main visiting broadcaster will <strong>be</strong><br />

required, each with a clear view of <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />

substitute’s <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />

• These two pitch reporter positions should each<br />

have space for two people (one reporter and<br />

one technical assistant) and must <strong>be</strong> positioned<br />

outside <strong>the</strong> technical area in a position approved<br />

by UEFA.<br />

• Additional positions may <strong>be</strong> required <strong>be</strong>hind<br />

each goal for o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters. These<br />

pitch reporter positions will have space for one<br />

reporter only.<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

66 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

67


4.5 BROADCAST STUDIOS 4.6 INTERVIEW AREAS<br />

Indoor studios<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide space for at least two indoor<br />

broadcaster studios, each individually enclosed<br />

and a minimum of 5m long by 5m wide by<br />

2.3m high.<br />

• If suitable space does not exist within <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium, clubs must provide an alternative<br />

solution (e.g. a portable building outside <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium).<br />

• The studios must <strong>be</strong> as close to <strong>the</strong> dressing<br />

rooms as possible, in order to accede to <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters’ unilateral requirements.<br />

• Technical power (as set out in section 4.10) and<br />

lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong><br />

home club, with technical equipment and studio<br />

lighting provided by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

Pitch view studio<br />

• At <strong>the</strong> request of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, <strong>the</strong> club<br />

must provide ei<strong>the</strong>r an existing studio or an<br />

executive box with a view of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

• If a suitable facility of this kind does not<br />

exist within <strong>the</strong> stadium, <strong>the</strong> home club must<br />

provide space (free of charge) for a studio to<br />

<strong>be</strong> constructed, which may entail <strong>the</strong> removal<br />

or non-sale of seats. However, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

will carry out and pay for <strong>the</strong> construction of<br />

<strong>the</strong> studio.<br />

• The studio must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same size as an indoor<br />

studio. It must <strong>be</strong> enclosed and have an<br />

unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> stands.<br />

• Technical power and lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club, with technical<br />

equipment and studio lighting provided by <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters (see section 4.10).<br />

Flash interview area<br />

• This area must have space for at least four flash<br />

interview positions for <strong>the</strong> group stage and<br />

at least eight flash interview positions for <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage.<br />

• Each position must measure 3m by 4m and have<br />

space for an interview backdrop measuring 3m<br />

by 2.3m, to <strong>be</strong> provided and installed by <strong>the</strong><br />

club for <strong>the</strong> group stage and by UEFA for <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must meet <strong>the</strong> power requirements<br />

set out in section 4.10.<br />

• Host broadcasters must provide <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />

lighting and equipment.<br />

Super flash interview positions<br />

• At least two super flash positions, each<br />

measuring 3m by 3 m, must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> tunnel entrance,<br />

and must <strong>be</strong> kept safe for participants.<br />

VIP interview positions<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s should provide a fixed camera space for<br />

interviews at <strong>the</strong> entrance to <strong>the</strong> VIP sector or<br />

hospitality area, as long as this does not disturb<br />

<strong>the</strong> VIP guests and sufficient space is available.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

• Any seats lost (even if this is to ensure that<br />

<strong>the</strong> view from <strong>the</strong> pitch view studio is not<br />

obstructed) and all safety approvals and<br />

security measures are <strong>the</strong> responsibility<br />

of <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

4.7 PITCHSIDE PRESENTATION AREAS<br />

• Up to two areas for pitchside presentations,<br />

one on ei<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />

must <strong>be</strong> made available to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

• Each area must measure 15m by 3m and must<br />

<strong>be</strong> available for pre-match, half-time, pre-extratime<br />

and post-match presentations.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide <strong>the</strong> power requirements set<br />

out in section 4.10.<br />

• These areas must <strong>be</strong> safe for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’<br />

staff and guests and must allow usage of a desk<br />

and broadcaster lighting.<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

68 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

69


4.8 TV COMPOUND 4.9 CABLING<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide a clear, solid and even parking<br />

area for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’ production vehicles<br />

– including OB vans, tender trucks, generators,<br />

satellite uplink vehicles and any o<strong>the</strong>r technical<br />

and support vehicles that may <strong>be</strong> required. The<br />

TV compound is for <strong>the</strong> exclusive use of <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters. O<strong>the</strong>r media staff are not permitted<br />

to park vehicles in this area (although, in limited<br />

circumstances, a visiting club channel may <strong>be</strong><br />

allowed access, as set out in section 12.7).<br />

The security of <strong>the</strong> TV compound is of paramount<br />

importance and is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong><br />

home club.<br />

The TV compound must:<br />

• provide at least 1,000m 2 of usable space for<br />

<strong>the</strong> group stage and at least 2,000m 2 for <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage (al<strong>be</strong>it some matches with high<br />

media interest may require more than <strong>the</strong>se<br />

minimum amounts, in which case clubs are<br />

asked to provide <strong>the</strong>ir full support so that any<br />

additional needs can <strong>be</strong> met);<br />

• <strong>be</strong> lit to 100 EV (lux) to enable <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

to work in <strong>the</strong> dark;<br />

• include sufficient infrastructure such as rubbish<br />

bins and toilets, to <strong>be</strong> made available by <strong>the</strong><br />

home club.<br />

Uplink area<br />

• If <strong>the</strong> TV compound has an obstructed view of<br />

<strong>the</strong> sou<strong>the</strong>rn horizon, an additional area may <strong>be</strong><br />

required nearby for satellite uplink vehicles.<br />

• Any such area must not <strong>be</strong> more than 50m<br />

away from <strong>the</strong> centre of <strong>the</strong> TV compound<br />

and must <strong>be</strong> able to accommodate at least six<br />

satellite vehicles, with each vehicle measuring<br />

8m by 3m.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide and/or construct <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />

cabling infrastructure (cable routes, cable bridges,<br />

trenches, etc.) to enable <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to install<br />

all broadcast cables safely and securely. Moreover,<br />

access to any existing pre-cabled systems in<br />

stadiums must <strong>be</strong> free of charge to all <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters where requested.<br />

In general, <strong>the</strong> following guidelines must <strong>be</strong> met<br />

when cabling at venues:<br />

• cables must not cause any obstruction or<br />

safety hazard to players, officials or <strong>the</strong> public;<br />

• measures must <strong>be</strong> taken to ensure that cables<br />

are as unobtrusive as possible within <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium and <strong>the</strong> area surrounding <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />

• where necessary, cable bridges, cable covers,<br />

stadium dressing and o<strong>the</strong>r means must<br />

<strong>be</strong> used to make cables safe and secure.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

• <strong>be</strong> as close as possible to <strong>the</strong> stadium, ideally<br />

on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main cameras;<br />

10<br />

• <strong>be</strong> available from 09.00 on MD-2 until 12.00<br />

on MD+1;<br />

11<br />

• have 24-hour security staff from <strong>the</strong> arrival of<br />

<strong>the</strong> first truck to <strong>the</strong> departure of <strong>the</strong> last truck;<br />

12<br />

• <strong>be</strong> fully secured with high fences (at least<br />

2m high);<br />

13<br />

• <strong>be</strong> equipped with power and backup facilities,<br />

provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club;<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

• <strong>be</strong> equipped with telecommunications<br />

infrastructure, at <strong>the</strong> home club’s expense, to<br />

enable local telecom companies to install <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant lines;<br />

15<br />

16<br />

• have a surface and layout suitable for any OB<br />

vehicles (e.g. a concrete surface) and sufficient<br />

drainage in case of rain;<br />

17<br />

18<br />

70 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />

71


4.10 POWER AND LIGHTING<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> power and backup power to <strong>be</strong> provided, clubs provide <strong>the</strong> following<br />

power and lighting to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters free of charge.<br />

Power<br />

• In addition to <strong>the</strong> regular Schuko outputs in each position, technical power must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

by <strong>the</strong> home club to <strong>the</strong> positions in <strong>the</strong> table <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

Pitch view studio Power Connector/Shuko Type<br />

One studio 12KW 32A CEE 380V/3ph<br />

Indoor studio<br />

Two studios 12KW 32A CEE 380V/3ph<br />

Flash interview positions<br />

Four positions (eight for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage) 2.5KW 16A CEE 220V/1ph<br />

Pitchside presentation areas<br />

Two areas (total six positions) 2.5KW 16A CEE 220V/1ph<br />

Lighting<br />

• Working lights must <strong>be</strong> provided to all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster areas, including lighting<br />

allowing work to <strong>be</strong> conducted in and around <strong>the</strong> stadium <strong>be</strong>fore and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

4.11 OBSERVER SEATS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may request observer<br />

seats for accredited staff mem<strong>be</strong>rs with<br />

pre- and post-match roles on site, but<br />

no role during <strong>the</strong> match itself.<br />

• The home club will <strong>be</strong> asked to provide UEFA<br />

observer seats as follows.<br />

Competition stage<br />

Group stage 10<br />

Rounds of 32 and 16 15<br />

Quarter-finals and semi-finals 20<br />

Observer seats<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

72 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


5 MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

5.1 MEDIA WORKING AREA<br />

5.2 MEDIA SEATING (MEDIA TRIBUNE)<br />

5.3 PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM<br />

5.4 MIXED ZONE<br />

5.5 PHOTOGRAPHERS’ WORKING AREA<br />

AND MATCH POSITIONS<br />

5.6 INTERNET CONNECTIVITY<br />

5.7 CAMERA STORAGE FOR NON-RIGHTS-HOLDING<br />

BROADCASTERS<br />

5.8 MEDIA HOSPITALITY<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


5.1 MEDIA WORKING AREA<br />

The club must make a working area available to <strong>the</strong><br />

media, including tables, chairs, power sockets and<br />

cabled or Wi-Fi internet connections. <strong>Club</strong>s must<br />

ensure that <strong>the</strong> media working area is adequately<br />

heated or cooled depending on <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

conditions. This working area must <strong>be</strong> large enough<br />

to accommodate <strong>the</strong> following num<strong>be</strong>rs of people:<br />

Competition stage<br />

Seats & desks (min.)<br />

Group stage 30<br />

Knockout stage 60<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

5.2 MEDIA SEATING (MEDIA TRIBUNE)<br />

The following num<strong>be</strong>rs of covered seats must <strong>be</strong> made available for <strong>the</strong> media in a separate and secure<br />

area with desks large enough to accommodate a laptop. There must <strong>be</strong> power sockets at all seats with<br />

desks as well as cabled or wireless internet connections. These seats must <strong>be</strong> centrally located in <strong>the</strong> main<br />

or opposite stand with a clear and unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> whole pitch.<br />

Competition stage Total seats Of which to <strong>be</strong> equipped with desk<br />

Group stage At least 60 At least 30<br />

Knockout stage At least 120 At least 60<br />

To avoid any doubt, <strong>the</strong> above quantities of media<br />

seats are in addition to <strong>the</strong> requirements for<br />

commentary positions.<br />

UEFA media seating and photographer passes<br />

• For each match in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, <strong>the</strong><br />

home club is obliged to reserve five press seats with<br />

desk and three photographer pitch passes for use<br />

by UEFA.<br />

• If UEFA has not requested any of <strong>the</strong>se seats<br />

or passes by 48 hours prior to kick-off, <strong>the</strong> club<br />

is free to allocate <strong>the</strong> seats or passes to o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

media representatives.<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

77


5.3 PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM<br />

• A camera platform must <strong>be</strong> provided that is<br />

large enough for ten ENG cameras for <strong>the</strong> group<br />

stage and 15 ENG cameras for <strong>the</strong> knockout<br />

stage.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

• The host broadcaster must <strong>be</strong> allowed to reserve<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st position at <strong>the</strong> centre of this platform<br />

to enable it to cover <strong>the</strong> press conferences.<br />

3<br />

The club should provide facilities enabling pre- and<br />

post-match press conferences to <strong>be</strong> staged. The<br />

minimum seating capacity for press conferences<br />

is as follows.<br />

Competition stage<br />

Group stage 50<br />

Knockout stage 75<br />

Seats (mininmum)<br />

For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club is responsible for<br />

producing and installing <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> press conference<br />

backdrop and press conference table signs, and for<br />

producing and distributing <strong>UEL</strong> press kit folders<br />

and press paper.<br />

The club is also responsible for providing <strong>the</strong><br />

following infrastructure and services.<br />

• Qualified interpreters with a strong knowledge<br />

of football. The home club is responsible for<br />

providing translation into English and/or <strong>the</strong><br />

language of <strong>the</strong> visiting club (as agreed).<br />

• The club must supply a podium, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with tables and chairs, that is large enough to<br />

accommodate at least five people and a <strong>UEL</strong><br />

press conference backdrop.<br />

• Technical equipment (such as microphones,<br />

loudspeakers and, in <strong>the</strong> case of simultaneous<br />

translation, translation booths and headsets)<br />

must <strong>be</strong> provided. An audio splitter box must <strong>be</strong><br />

supplied, with a minimum of 15 audio outputs<br />

for <strong>the</strong> group stage and 20 audio outputs for <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for ensuring that all<br />

technical facilities are fully operational.<br />

• Sufficient lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided to enable<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters to film <strong>the</strong> press conferences.<br />

5.4 MIXED ZONE<br />

After <strong>the</strong> match, a mixed zone should <strong>be</strong> set up<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms and <strong>the</strong> point<br />

from which <strong>the</strong> teams depart <strong>the</strong> stadium in order<br />

to offer <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters, audio reporters and written press<br />

representatives <strong>the</strong> chance to interview players.<br />

The mixed zone should feature:<br />

• sufficient space to accommodate at least 50<br />

media representatives, with sturdy barriers<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> players and <strong>the</strong> media;<br />

• sufficient lighting for broadcasters’ interviews;<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> mixed zone backdrops (with at least two to<br />

<strong>be</strong> installed by <strong>the</strong> home club for group stage<br />

matches);<br />

• a sectioned-off area reserved for <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters, UEFA.com and club TV channels<br />

nearest <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms, in accordance with<br />

<strong>the</strong> instructions of UEFA, who may also instruct<br />

<strong>the</strong> home club to provide individual sections for<br />

non-rights-holding broadcasters, audio reporters<br />

and representatives of <strong>the</strong> written press.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s should take <strong>the</strong> following additional<br />

guidelines into account when setting up <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

mixed zones.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s should, wherever possible, use a single<br />

mixed zone, ra<strong>the</strong>r than separate mixed zones<br />

for home and away teams.<br />

• Barrier space should <strong>be</strong> calculated on <strong>the</strong> basis<br />

of approximately 1m per camera crew in <strong>the</strong><br />

TV section(s) and 25cm per radio/written press<br />

journalist.<br />

• Both <strong>the</strong> media and player sides of <strong>the</strong> barriers<br />

should <strong>be</strong> at least 1.5m wide to allow players<br />

and media representatives to circulate freely.<br />

• The mixed zone should <strong>be</strong> located as far away<br />

as possible from sources of noise such as team<br />

buses, lifts or kitchens.<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

78 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

79


5.5 PHOTOGRAPHER’S WORKING<br />

AREA AND MATCH POSITIONS<br />

A working area must <strong>be</strong> made available for<br />

photographers, containing tables, chairs, power<br />

sockets and cabled or Wi-Fi internet connections.<br />

The num<strong>be</strong>rs of seats and desks to <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

are shown <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

Competition stage<br />

Group stage 15<br />

Knockout stage 25<br />

Seats and desks (min.)<br />

5.6 INTERNET CONNECTIVITY<br />

It is imperative that clubs provide internet<br />

connections that are appropriate for <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

of media representatives present at <strong>the</strong>ir matches,<br />

in accordance with <strong>the</strong> minimum levels set out<br />

in this manual. All internet connections for <strong>the</strong><br />

media must <strong>be</strong> provided free of charge. <strong>Club</strong>s<br />

are encouraged to seek specialist advice when<br />

installing internet connections.<br />

Guideline internet capacities are as follows.<br />

• Written press: minimum 34 Mb/sec;<br />

can <strong>be</strong> shared <strong>be</strong>tween media working<br />

area and media tribune.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide seating for photographers<br />

at pitchside positions, as well as cabled or Wi-Fi<br />

internet connections.<br />

In principle, photographers should work <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong><br />

advertising boards <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals, unless special<br />

dispensation is given by UEFA to work in o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

areas, such as <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards along<br />

<strong>the</strong> touch line opposite <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />

• Photographers: minimum 34 Mb/sec;<br />

can <strong>be</strong> shared <strong>be</strong>tween photographers’ working<br />

area and pitch positions.<br />

Cabled connections are always preferable to Wi-Fi,<br />

as <strong>the</strong>y are more secure. Any Wi-Fi networks should<br />

<strong>be</strong> reserved for media and password-protected.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s should note that photographers need greater<br />

bandwidth than representatives of <strong>the</strong> written press.<br />

Because of higher upload usage at matches, <strong>the</strong><br />

upload-download ratio must also <strong>be</strong> symmetrical.<br />

5.7 CAMERA STORAGE FOR<br />

NON-RIGHTS-HOLDING BROADCASTERS<br />

The club must provide a secure room for<br />

non-rights-holding broadcasters to store <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

cameras during <strong>the</strong> match. These cameras must <strong>be</strong><br />

deposited on entry to <strong>the</strong> stadium on matchday<br />

and may only <strong>be</strong> released at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

In addition, <strong>the</strong> club is responsible for <strong>the</strong> handling<br />

and security of <strong>the</strong> cameras.<br />

5.8 MEDIA HOSPITALITY<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s provide hospitality, free of charge, for all<br />

media representatives on matchday, including all<br />

journalists on site representing <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

(such as commentators, co-commentators and<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r reporters).<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

80 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

MEDIA FACILITIES<br />

81


6 SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />

6.1 DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENT<br />

6.2 WORKING AND STORAGE AREAS<br />

6.3 TRUCK PARKING AND SECURITY<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


6.1 DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENT<br />

6<br />

SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />

Prior to <strong>UEL</strong> matches, a num<strong>be</strong>r of deliveries of <strong>UEL</strong><br />

materials will <strong>be</strong> made to <strong>the</strong> venue. In addition, as<br />

from <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, various signage materials<br />

are transported to <strong>the</strong> venue in a signage truck for<br />

installation by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier. <strong>Club</strong>s are<br />

required to provide full support for any customs<br />

clearance necessary, including paying any fees or<br />

charges incurred in this respect. If a club is unable<br />

to act as <strong>the</strong> importer of such materials (e.g. as a<br />

result of not having a VAT num<strong>be</strong>r), it must appoint<br />

a third party to act as an importer on its <strong>be</strong>half and<br />

will <strong>be</strong> responsible for any associated costs. As of<br />

<strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will appoint a signage<br />

supplier to produce, install and dismantle <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

advertising boards and o<strong>the</strong>r signage materials.<br />

6.2 WORKING AND STORAGE AREAS<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s allow access to <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> entire<br />

stadium for this purpose, free of any charge,<br />

and pay any taxes, rights or o<strong>the</strong>r fees relating<br />

to <strong>the</strong> installation or display of such materials.<br />

UEFA agrees with each club, <strong>the</strong> measures required<br />

in order to install advertising boards and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

signage materials, remove or cover any existing<br />

advertising or displays, and store equipment and<br />

materials <strong>be</strong>tween matchdays at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

where <strong>the</strong> club plays its matches. To optimise<br />

working conditions, <strong>the</strong> following facilities should<br />

<strong>be</strong> provided as of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> facilities descri<strong>be</strong>d<br />

<strong>be</strong>low must <strong>be</strong> available:<br />

• a secure and lockable working room for <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> signage company, located at ground level<br />

with easy pitch and forklift access, equipped<br />

with adequate lighting, power sockets and<br />

heating facilities;<br />

• a secure storage area with forklift access for<br />

<strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> club’s participation in <strong>the</strong><br />

competition (with a minimum of 100m 2 for<br />

a combined working and storage area).<br />

It is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club to ensure that <strong>the</strong><br />

working and storage areas remain secure (including<br />

<strong>the</strong> period <strong>be</strong>tween matchdays).<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

6.3 TRUCK PARKING AND SECURITY<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> following facilities<br />

are required:<br />

• a parking area within <strong>the</strong> stadium for one<br />

signage truck (throughout each matchweek);<br />

• secure parking in <strong>the</strong> direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium and close to <strong>the</strong> pitch for easy access<br />

(from MD-3 until MD+1).<br />

The security of both <strong>the</strong>se areas is <strong>the</strong><br />

responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club. Should parking<br />

not <strong>be</strong> available in <strong>the</strong> vicinity of <strong>the</strong> stadium,<br />

<strong>the</strong> home club must provide, free of charge,<br />

a secure alternative parking area as close as<br />

possible to <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />

85


7 CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

7.1 USE OF LOGOS<br />

7.2 GROUP STAGE<br />

7.3 KNOCKOUT STAGE<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


7.1 USE OF LOGOS<br />

7<br />

CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

The UEFA Europa League logo<br />

For <strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs that have<br />

qualified are encouraged to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo and<br />

name for <strong>the</strong>ir own non-commercial promotional<br />

purposes and for <strong>the</strong> non-commercial promotion of<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />

Permitted forms of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo and name for use<br />

by <strong>the</strong> clubs in this context are defined in <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>, which are provided<br />

to all participating clubs.<br />

Besides <strong>the</strong> mandatory items in this section, clubs<br />

may decide to produce any of <strong>the</strong> materials <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

In this case, clubs must ensure that <strong>the</strong>se materials<br />

are in <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> colours, that <strong>the</strong>y contain <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

logo and that <strong>the</strong>y identify <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners.<br />

Under no circumstances is third-party branding<br />

or association allowed:<br />

• in newspaper advertisements;<br />

• on official posters promoting <strong>UEL</strong> matches;<br />

• in matchday programmes;<br />

• on hospitality passes.<br />

Approval procedure for printed materials<br />

• All <strong>UEL</strong> logos and design elements and <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners’ artwork is to <strong>be</strong> used exactly as shown<br />

in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>. Colour<br />

references are also provided, and artwork is to <strong>be</strong><br />

reproduced only in <strong>the</strong> official colours shown.<br />

• The club must send <strong>the</strong> final layout of <strong>the</strong> ticket<br />

(front and back) to CompOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch<br />

• Any o<strong>the</strong>r official printed materials relating<br />

to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, including<br />

matchday programmes, must <strong>be</strong> sent<br />

to ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch for approval<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore printing.<br />

• Should <strong>the</strong> design of <strong>the</strong> ticket or o<strong>the</strong>r printed<br />

materials not <strong>be</strong> in line with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League Brand <strong>Manual</strong> or this manual, <strong>the</strong> club in<br />

question may have to reprint and distribute <strong>the</strong><br />

materials at its own expense.<br />

• Any official printed materials submitted to UEFA<br />

should <strong>be</strong> sent no later than 12.00CET on <strong>the</strong><br />

Thursday <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> matchweek in question.<br />

• UEFA will provide approval within 48 hours.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

<strong>Club</strong> logos<br />

12<br />

<strong>Club</strong> logos will also <strong>be</strong> used by UEFA in conjunction<br />

with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo for <strong>the</strong> promotion of <strong>UEL</strong><br />

matches. Such logos may <strong>be</strong> used in various places<br />

in this regard, including:<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

• on-screen graphics;<br />

• broadcaster studio programmes;<br />

15<br />

• official UEFA printed materials;<br />

• hospitality room decoration;<br />

16<br />

• promotional items.<br />

17<br />

UEFA will not use clubs’ logos for commercial<br />

purposes without <strong>the</strong>ir prior consent.<br />

18<br />

CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

89


7.2 GROUP STAGE Centre board<br />

In order to succesfully implement <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong>’s<br />

commercial concept, clubs must produce and install<br />

certain materials. This section will provide general<br />

information about <strong>the</strong>se items.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s should refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> for <strong>the</strong> exact details of <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League advertising boards<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide UEFA with five pitch advertising<br />

boards in <strong>the</strong> main board configuration at each<br />

group stage match. UEFA will use <strong>the</strong>se advertising<br />

boards for UEFA, <strong>the</strong> competition or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners. The club must ensure that<br />

<strong>the</strong>se boards are incorporated into <strong>the</strong>ir existing<br />

perimeter board configurations. This means that<br />

<strong>the</strong> centre board, <strong>the</strong> end of touch line boards and<br />

<strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> goal line boards must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same<br />

height as <strong>the</strong> club’s existing advertising boards.<br />

The club has two options.<br />

• As a minimum quality standard, advertising<br />

boards must <strong>be</strong> produced on non-reflective<br />

plywood or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable material, in matt<br />

finish. Banners may not <strong>be</strong> used.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s using an LED system may incorporate <strong>the</strong><br />

boards into this, provided that <strong>the</strong> five boards<br />

remain static. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong> width of <strong>the</strong><br />

boards must <strong>be</strong> as indicated in this manual.<br />

production material and artwork. All <strong>UEL</strong> branding<br />

shown in this manual is for illustration purposes only.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s that qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong><br />

supplied with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and<br />

artwork at <strong>the</strong> group stage draw in Monaco.<br />

The five boards must <strong>be</strong> installed in such a way<br />

that <strong>the</strong>ir content is fully legible through <strong>the</strong><br />

main cameras, including under floodlights.<br />

An additional board test under match conditions<br />

may <strong>be</strong> conducted on MD-1. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong><br />

centre board, <strong>the</strong> two end of touch line boards and<br />

two end of goal line boards must <strong>be</strong> within <strong>the</strong><br />

unimpaired viewing range of <strong>the</strong> main camera.<br />

The club must produce and install <strong>the</strong> following<br />

boards <strong>be</strong>tween MD-2 and 24.00CET on MD-1:<br />

• one centre board;<br />

• two end of each touch line boards;<br />

• two end of goal line boards.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s should refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club<br />

toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> for exact details of production<br />

materials and artwork. All <strong>UEL</strong> branding shown in<br />

this manual is for illustration purposes only. <strong>Club</strong>s<br />

that qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong> supplied<br />

with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and artwork at <strong>the</strong><br />

group stage draw in Monaco.<br />

This board must <strong>be</strong> 12m in length and <strong>the</strong> same height as <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r pitch advertising boards.<br />

It must <strong>be</strong> centred on <strong>the</strong> halfway line (in accordance with UEFA instructions).<br />

If <strong>the</strong> advertising boards are on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, <strong>the</strong>re are three possible solutions.<br />

1. The centre board may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches (closer to <strong>the</strong> pitch than <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

boards), leaving a gap on both sides to enter <strong>the</strong> pitch (which must not <strong>be</strong> visible through <strong>the</strong> main<br />

camera), allowing access to <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

2. Boards may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, with two doors to <strong>be</strong> opened as a gate.<br />

3. Where <strong>the</strong> technical area has to <strong>be</strong> left free, substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches must <strong>be</strong> moved to <strong>the</strong><br />

o<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

End of touch line boards<br />

The two end of touch line advertising boards must each <strong>be</strong> 9m in length and <strong>the</strong> same height as <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

advertising boards in <strong>the</strong> club’s main configuration. They must <strong>be</strong> placed in such a way that <strong>the</strong> corner flag<br />

straddles <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> Logo and adidas board when viewed through <strong>the</strong> main camera position (in accordance<br />

with UEFA’s instructions).<br />

End of goal line boards<br />

The two end of goal line advertising boards must also <strong>be</strong> 9m in length and of <strong>the</strong> same height as<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r advertising boards in <strong>the</strong> club’s main board configuration.<br />

In principle, all advertising boards will <strong>be</strong> incorporated into <strong>the</strong> club’s existing board configuration.<br />

However, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to ask <strong>the</strong> club to produce one or more boards outside <strong>the</strong> existing<br />

configuration, at <strong>the</strong> club’s expense, to ensure maximum board exposure. The final decision will <strong>be</strong> made<br />

at a site visit <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

Oversized advertising boards<br />

Where a club’s existing board configuration is more than 1.2m tall, it must send <strong>the</strong> artwork to<br />

ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch, prior to production. If a club does not comply with <strong>the</strong> approval process,<br />

it may <strong>be</strong> forced to reproduce boards at its own expense.<br />

17<br />

18<br />

90 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

91


Flash interview backdrops<br />

The home club must produce up to four <strong>UEL</strong> flash<br />

interview backdrops and install <strong>the</strong>se in <strong>the</strong> area<br />

allocated at <strong>the</strong> site visit. These backdrops should<br />

<strong>be</strong> height-adjustable and must <strong>be</strong> produced with<br />

a matt finish.<br />

Flash interview backdrops should <strong>be</strong> positioned<br />

in accordance with UEFA instructions on <strong>the</strong><br />

morning of MD-1.<br />

Mixed zone backdrops<br />

The home club must produce at least two <strong>UEL</strong><br />

mixed zone backdrops and install <strong>the</strong>se in <strong>the</strong><br />

mixed zone. The backdrops need to <strong>be</strong> spread out<br />

across <strong>the</strong> areas allocated to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />

club channels, UEFA.com and non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters as instructed by UEFA. Backdrops<br />

should <strong>be</strong> height-adjustable and must <strong>be</strong> produced<br />

with a matt finish.<br />

Press conference backdrop<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> backdrops above, <strong>the</strong> home club<br />

must produce and install a <strong>UEL</strong> press conference<br />

backdrop, which should also <strong>be</strong> height-adjustable<br />

and produced with a matt finish. Each press<br />

conference on MD-1 and MD must <strong>be</strong> held in front<br />

of a <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop.<br />

Press kit folders<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to produce 200 <strong>UEL</strong> press kit<br />

folders per match to provide uniform information<br />

to <strong>the</strong> media. These should <strong>be</strong> distributed at <strong>the</strong><br />

two press conferences on MD-1 and placed<br />

in <strong>the</strong> media working area <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

Press paper<br />

All match-related media releases distributed<br />

to <strong>the</strong> media and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, as well as<br />

lineup sheets and post-match statistics distributed<br />

in any hospitality area, must <strong>be</strong> printed on official<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> press paper.<br />

Only <strong>the</strong> first page of <strong>the</strong> press kit information<br />

needs to <strong>be</strong> on official <strong>UEL</strong> press paper; <strong>the</strong><br />

following pages can <strong>be</strong> on <strong>UEL</strong> press paper<br />

or on blank paper.<br />

Internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are required to produce and install branded<br />

substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs to <strong>be</strong> placed on <strong>the</strong> inside<br />

of each <strong>be</strong>nch. No o<strong>the</strong>r branding is to appear on<br />

<strong>the</strong> inside or front of <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />

The internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs should <strong>be</strong><br />

positioned on <strong>the</strong> morning of MD-1 as instructed<br />

by UEFA.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

Press conference table signs<br />

Between three and five triangular <strong>UEL</strong> press<br />

conference table signs should <strong>be</strong> placed on <strong>the</strong><br />

press conference table one hour <strong>be</strong>fore each<br />

press conference.<br />

Substitution panel stickers<br />

The club needs to produce four substitution panel<br />

stickers (one front, one back) and apply <strong>the</strong>se to<br />

two of <strong>the</strong> club’s existing substitution panels.<br />

No o<strong>the</strong>r branding should appear on <strong>the</strong><br />

substitution panels.<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

92 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />

93


Tickets<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must produce tickets in accordance with<br />

UEFA’s ticketing policy. Tickets and official printed<br />

materials should comply with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>, and must feature<br />

advertising for <strong>UEL</strong> partners in accordance with<br />

UEFA’s instructions. All ticket designs should <strong>be</strong><br />

sent to CompOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch for prior approval.<br />

UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to change <strong>the</strong> ticket<br />

artwork after <strong>the</strong> group stage. All new artwork<br />

for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage will <strong>be</strong> provided to clubs<br />

at <strong>the</strong> knockout stage draw in Decem<strong>be</strong>r.<br />

Tickets and official printed materials may not<br />

include any third-party branding or logos. If<br />

required for safety and security reasons, <strong>the</strong><br />

name of <strong>the</strong> stadium sponsor may appear<br />

(as part of <strong>the</strong> stadium name), but only in a noncommercial<br />

typeface colour and without any logos.<br />

Where clubs use an electronic ticketing system (smart cards, loaded data carriers such as watches, etc.),<br />

compensatory exposure for <strong>UEL</strong> partners of at least equal value has to <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed with<br />

UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site visit, to ensure that UEFA’s obligations towards <strong>UEL</strong> partners are fulfilled. Previous<br />

examples of such compensation have included additional exposure in matchday programmes or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

official club publications, and additional <strong>UEL</strong> partner signage at fan entrances, paid for by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

7.3 KNOCKOUT STAGE<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will produce and install all <strong>the</strong> necessary <strong>UEL</strong> branding and<br />

advertising elements. At this stage of <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> club’s obligations are to deliver<br />

a clean stadium as determined at <strong>the</strong> site visit, and to produce tickets in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

94 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


8 EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />

8.1 GENERAL<br />

8.2 ADVERTISING AND STADIUM DRESSING<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


8.1 GENERAL<br />

8<br />

EXCLUSIVITY AND<br />

STADIUM BRANDING<br />

Under no circumstances may any element of <strong>the</strong><br />

visual identity of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League <strong>be</strong><br />

used in conjunction with a commercial or noncommercial<br />

third party or create an association<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />

Group stage<br />

The clubs must deliver to UEFA a clean<br />

exclusive area by 09.00 on MD-2 prior to each<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> match. A clean exclusive area contains<br />

no advertising, stadium sponsorship, website<br />

addresses, promotional activities, product displays<br />

or branding, o<strong>the</strong>r than those of UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />

competition and/or <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners (as directed<br />

by UEFA).<br />

For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> exclusive area includes:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> press conference room;<br />

• flash interview and super flash interview areas;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> inside and front of <strong>the</strong> dugouts;<br />

• refereeing areas;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> field of play;<br />

• match tickets;<br />

• substitution panels;<br />

• videoboards (with no reference to commercial<br />

or non-commercial entities permitted from<br />

<strong>the</strong> moment <strong>the</strong> teams walk out until <strong>the</strong><br />

end of match);<br />

• PA system (with no reference to commercial or<br />

non-commercial entities is permitted from <strong>the</strong><br />

moment <strong>the</strong> teams walk out until <strong>the</strong> end of<br />

<strong>the</strong> match).<br />

All items worn by players and club officials which<br />

do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire (shirt, shorts<br />

and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor advertising for<br />

all <strong>UEL</strong> media activities on MD-1 and MD.<br />

Knockout stage<br />

In principle, <strong>the</strong> exclusive area includes all areas<br />

that could <strong>be</strong> visible on television or seen by <strong>the</strong><br />

media. The clubs must deliver to UEFA a clean<br />

stadium by 09.00 on MD-2 <strong>be</strong>fore each <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />

A clean stadium contains no advertising, stadium<br />

sponsorship, website addresses, promotional<br />

activities, product displays or branding in <strong>the</strong><br />

exclusive area. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, no references to<br />

commercial or non-commercial entities are<br />

permitted over <strong>the</strong> PA system from <strong>the</strong> moment<br />

<strong>the</strong> teams walk out onto <strong>the</strong> pitch until <strong>the</strong> end<br />

of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

Exclusive area<br />

The exclusive area for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage will <strong>be</strong><br />

agreed by <strong>the</strong> home clubs and UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site<br />

visit after <strong>the</strong> group stage or by o<strong>the</strong>r means.<br />

Any decision modifying <strong>the</strong> arrangements for<br />

<strong>the</strong> exclusive area requires UEFA’s express<br />

written approval.<br />

The exclusive area can <strong>be</strong> summarised as <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium area, with <strong>UEL</strong> partners <strong>be</strong>ing <strong>the</strong> only<br />

companies with commercial rights in that area<br />

during <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> matches. These rights take<br />

precedence over any arrangements that clubs may<br />

have with any o<strong>the</strong>r companies or organisations<br />

for promotional, commercial or non-commercial<br />

activities or branding purposes and exclude any<br />

reference to <strong>the</strong> club’s website. The exclusive<br />

area comprises:<br />

1. <strong>the</strong> stadium arena itself, up to and including<br />

<strong>the</strong> first tier, including <strong>the</strong> balustrade of <strong>the</strong> tier<br />

above in each stand, or if <strong>the</strong>re are no tiers in<br />

any stand in <strong>the</strong> stadium, <strong>the</strong> entire stand; any<br />

scoreboards, videoboards, giant screens and<br />

clocks located in such areas, <strong>the</strong> technical area,<br />

<strong>the</strong> tunnel area and team seating areas;<br />

2. all broadcaster and media areas, including<br />

but not limited to flash interview areas, press<br />

conference rooms, <strong>the</strong> mixed zone and <strong>the</strong><br />

tunnel area;<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />

99


3. all items worn by players and club officials<br />

which do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire<br />

(shirt, shorts and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of any<br />

non-sanctioned advertising for all media<br />

activities, any official training session, and on<br />

matchday from arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium until<br />

departure from <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

Example of exclusive area in stadium arena<br />

The training ground for <strong>the</strong> home team’s MD-1<br />

training session, as well as that of <strong>the</strong> visiting team<br />

(if <strong>the</strong>y do not train in <strong>the</strong> stadium), is not part of<br />

<strong>the</strong> exclusive area. However, no additional branding<br />

may <strong>be</strong> added to <strong>the</strong> training ground for <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant training session(s) that goes <strong>be</strong>yond <strong>the</strong><br />

regular branding of <strong>the</strong> site.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> logos and club branding<br />

Putting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> stamp on <strong>the</strong> stadium is a<br />

fundamental mechanism used to promote <strong>the</strong><br />

competition. Every detail, from <strong>the</strong> centre circle<br />

banner to <strong>the</strong> signs indicating <strong>the</strong> way around<br />

<strong>the</strong> stadium, helps to communicate to fans that<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> is in town, <strong>the</strong>reby helping to amplify <strong>the</strong><br />

special nature of a <strong>UEL</strong> matchnight. Any football<br />

competition, however, is only as successful as <strong>the</strong><br />

clubs which participate in it. Consequently, <strong>the</strong><br />

balance to <strong>be</strong> struck <strong>be</strong>tween showcasing <strong>the</strong><br />

clubs and promoting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> competition and<br />

its commercial partners is a delicate one. The<br />

principles <strong>be</strong>low outline <strong>the</strong> way in which this<br />

balance can <strong>be</strong> achieved in relation to <strong>the</strong> display<br />

of club names, logos, branding and o<strong>the</strong>r messages<br />

inside <strong>the</strong> exclusive zone.<br />

• The exposure gained by sponsor partners<br />

from perimeter advertising is highly valued.<br />

Keeping <strong>the</strong> area <strong>be</strong>low <strong>the</strong> first tier free of all<br />

prominent club logos, branding and messages<br />

is <strong>the</strong>refore a priority. During <strong>the</strong> summer site<br />

visit, UEFA will, toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> club, identify<br />

all prominent club branding which is deemed to<br />

<strong>be</strong> detrimental to <strong>the</strong> visibility and prominence<br />

of <strong>the</strong> perimeter boards and <strong>UEL</strong> branding.<br />

These identified elements must <strong>be</strong> removed<br />

or covered by <strong>the</strong> host club. <strong>Club</strong>s may use <strong>the</strong><br />

PA system, <strong>the</strong> scoreboard, <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />

and stadium TV systems to communicate club<br />

messages or campaigns to <strong>the</strong> supporters inside<br />

<strong>the</strong> stadium. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />

in section 12.7.<br />

Stadium/stand sponsors’ names and branding<br />

No stadium/stand sponsors’ name may <strong>be</strong> visible in<br />

<strong>the</strong> exclusive area. The following exception applies<br />

only in relation to a single stadium/stand sponsor<br />

that has <strong>be</strong>en granted long-term stadium/stand<br />

naming rights.<br />

• The name of <strong>the</strong> stadium/stand sponsor may<br />

appear (as part of <strong>the</strong> stadium/stand name) on<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> printed materials, including match tickets,<br />

for <strong>the</strong> sole purpose of identifying <strong>the</strong> stadium/<br />

stand if required for safety and security reasons.<br />

That must <strong>be</strong> in a non-commercial typeface and<br />

must not involve <strong>the</strong> use of any logos.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Delivering a clean stadium<br />

When arranging <strong>the</strong> delivery of a clean stadium<br />

in <strong>the</strong> exclusive area, please note <strong>the</strong> following.<br />

• UEFA will only brand those areas which<br />

require <strong>UEL</strong> dressing.<br />

• UEFA will inform clubs as to which areas will<br />

<strong>be</strong> branded with <strong>UEL</strong> dressing by <strong>the</strong> signage<br />

supplier. It is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong> home club<br />

to remove or cover all o<strong>the</strong>r advertising.<br />

• For all advertising, including scoreboards and<br />

videoboards, clubs have three options:<br />

1. remove or cover <strong>the</strong> advertising (at <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />

own expense);<br />

2. cover <strong>the</strong> advertising using <strong>UEL</strong> material<br />

purchased at cost price from UEFA;<br />

3. allow UEFA to cover or remove <strong>the</strong> advertising<br />

and charge <strong>the</strong> club for materials and labour<br />

at cost price.<br />

The relevant measures must <strong>be</strong> agreed <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

each club and UEFA at <strong>the</strong> pre-season site visit.<br />

• Any future branding plans should <strong>be</strong><br />

communicated to UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site visit or<br />

during <strong>the</strong> season.<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

100 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />

101


8.2 ADVERTISING AND STADIUM DRESSING<br />

Group stage<br />

Advertising and promotional rights<br />

In <strong>the</strong> group stage, clubs are allowed to sell<br />

advertising and promotional rights in <strong>the</strong> stadium,<br />

including advertising boards. No commercial<br />

activities or dressing material are permitted, and<br />

no promotional activities may occur on <strong>the</strong> field<br />

of play or in <strong>the</strong> area where <strong>the</strong> referees operate<br />

in <strong>the</strong> period from MD-2 until 24.00CET on MD.<br />

UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to dress <strong>the</strong> field of play.<br />

This may include UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partner branding,<br />

as well as promotional activities on <strong>the</strong> pitch during<br />

this period.<br />

Advertising boards<br />

For each group stage match, clubs must<br />

produce <strong>the</strong> following boards:<br />

• one centre board;<br />

• two end of touch line boards;<br />

• two end of goal line boards.<br />

These boards must <strong>be</strong> in full view of <strong>the</strong> main<br />

camera. The club must install <strong>the</strong>se boards no later<br />

than on MD-2 and may dismantle <strong>the</strong>m as of three<br />

hours after <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

Precise specifications can <strong>be</strong> found in section 3.2.1<br />

of this manual and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand<br />

<strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Knockout stage<br />

Advertising and promotional rights<br />

From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, all commercial rights<br />

are owned by UEFA. UEFA will appoint a signage<br />

supplier to produce, install and dismantle <strong>the</strong><br />

advertising boards, stadium dressing and signage<br />

materials. <strong>Club</strong>s must allow access to <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />

and stadium for this purpose, free of charge, and<br />

pay any taxes, rights or o<strong>the</strong>r fees relating to <strong>the</strong><br />

installation or display. UEFA will instruct <strong>the</strong> club<br />

on <strong>the</strong> measures required in order to install <strong>the</strong><br />

advertising boards and stadium/signage materials,<br />

remove or cover any existing advertising boards<br />

or displays, and store equipment and materials<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween matchdays at stadiums where clubs play<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>UEL</strong> matches. <strong>Club</strong>s are required to provide<br />

full support for any customs clearance necessary<br />

for <strong>the</strong> signage truck transporting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

materials to <strong>the</strong> venue, including paying any<br />

fees/charges incurred in this respect.<br />

• clubs should ensure that <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />

are in full view of <strong>the</strong> main cameras, that no<br />

objects (such as fans’ banners) obstruct <strong>the</strong><br />

view of <strong>the</strong> boards, and that sufficient space is<br />

available for <strong>the</strong> installation of all boards;<br />

• any costs associated with a loss of seats owing<br />

to <strong>the</strong> installation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> advertising boards<br />

must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> advertising boards are on <strong>the</strong> same side<br />

as <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, <strong>the</strong>re are three<br />

possible solutions.<br />

1. The centre board may go in front of <strong>the</strong><br />

substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches (closer to <strong>the</strong> pitch than<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r boards), leaving a gap on both sides<br />

(which must not <strong>be</strong> visible through <strong>the</strong> main<br />

camera), allowing access to <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

2. Boards may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’<br />

<strong>be</strong>nches, with two doors to <strong>be</strong> opened as a gate.<br />

3. Where <strong>the</strong> technical area has to <strong>be</strong> left free,<br />

substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches must <strong>be</strong> moved to <strong>the</strong><br />

o<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r advertising inventory<br />

The appointed signage supplier will dress <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium with <strong>UEL</strong> banners, signs and structures,<br />

and install directional signage to guide <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners and guests to seats and hospitality areas<br />

and direct <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to <strong>the</strong>ir working<br />

areas. All of <strong>the</strong>se items may include <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners’ logos or identifying features<br />

and will <strong>be</strong> placed outside <strong>the</strong> exclusive area.<br />

At this stage of <strong>the</strong> competition, clubs’ involvement<br />

in producing and installing <strong>UEL</strong> production items is<br />

limited to ticketing and optional printed materials.<br />

The optional materials may include <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />

supplier partners’ logos. More detailed information<br />

can <strong>be</strong> found in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club<br />

toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League<br />

Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Advertising boards<br />

The <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier will place all advertising<br />

boards (which are 90cm in height) around <strong>the</strong><br />

pitch. It should <strong>be</strong> noted that:<br />

• UEFA is responsible for ensuring that <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum distances from <strong>the</strong> touch lines are<br />

respected;<br />

10<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r advertising inventory<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must produce and install <strong>UEL</strong> media<br />

interview backdrops as well as o<strong>the</strong>r materials<br />

specified in chapter 3. Production specifications<br />

and artwork can <strong>be</strong> found in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

• <strong>the</strong>y can only <strong>be</strong> closer than <strong>the</strong> minimum<br />

distance if authorised by UEFA;<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

102 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />

103


9 SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />

PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

9.1 PRESENTING SPONSOR<br />

9.2 OFFICIAL SPONSORS<br />

9.3 OFFICIAL MATCH BALL<br />

9.4 PRODUCT SUPPLY AND DISPLAY<br />

9.5 MATCHNIGHT PROMOTIONS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


Introduction<br />

9<br />

SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />

PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

The UEFA Europa League offers an exclusive group of sponsor/supplier partners an association with a<br />

powerful brand and a unique communication platform in prime time programming. The competition<br />

ensures regular exposure over a period of nine months, global reach delivering large audiences and a<br />

partnership with clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and UEFA.<br />

9.1 PRESENTING SPONSOR<br />

UEFA has appointed Western Union as <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />

The UEFA Europa League’s presenting sponsorship rights package features a broad range of rights,<br />

which are separate yet fully integrated. The key elements of <strong>the</strong> integrated rights package are:<br />

• presenting sponsor rights;<br />

• association and promotion rights;<br />

• event rights;<br />

• new media rights;<br />

• rights regarding <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League final.<br />

9.2 OFFICIAL SPONSORS<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor, <strong>the</strong> commercial concept for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

2012–15 features two official sponsors. Those official sponsors are Hankook and HTC. The key<br />

elements of <strong>the</strong>ir integrated rights packages are:<br />

• association and promotion rights;<br />

• event rights;<br />

• new media rights;<br />

• UEFA Europa League final rights.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

107


9.3 OFFICIAL MATCH BALL 9.4 PRODUCT SUPPLY AND DISPLAY<br />

UEFA has appointed adidas as <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League’s official ball supplier until <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong><br />

2017/18 season. Under this agreement, adidas<br />

will supply balls of <strong>the</strong> highest standard to all<br />

competing clubs after <strong>the</strong> draw for <strong>the</strong> group stage,<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore supplying more balls to clubs who qualify for<br />

<strong>the</strong> knockout stage. The official match ball range is<br />

season-specific.<br />

The official match ball range<br />

Two types of ball will <strong>be</strong> distributed in <strong>the</strong> course<br />

of a <strong>UEL</strong> season, as descri<strong>be</strong>d <strong>be</strong>low. All clubs are<br />

obliged to use <strong>the</strong> official ball for <strong>UEL</strong> matches<br />

and all official training sessions. If <strong>the</strong> balls are not<br />

available, <strong>the</strong> club must contact UEFA immediately.<br />

2. The winter ball<br />

All clubs will <strong>be</strong> supplied with 23 winter balls.<br />

This ball must only <strong>be</strong> used at <strong>the</strong> referee’s<br />

request in adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />

UEFA and UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier<br />

partners reserve <strong>the</strong> right to display and place<br />

branding, provide products and services, and install<br />

service equipment in any club hospitality area or<br />

media area.<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, if requested to do so by UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />

club must serve and use <strong>the</strong>se products and/or<br />

services. <strong>Club</strong>s are not allowed to charge for any<br />

of <strong>the</strong>se rights.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1. The official ball<br />

All 48 clubs will play with <strong>the</strong> official ball of <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season. Each club will receive 68 official<br />

season balls on qualifying for <strong>the</strong> group stage.<br />

Ball supply and disposal procedures<br />

Balls will <strong>be</strong> supplied directly to <strong>the</strong> clubs by <strong>the</strong><br />

official ball supplier, and receipt of <strong>the</strong> balls must<br />

<strong>be</strong> acknowledged and communicated to UEFA.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s progressing from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> group stage to <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage will receive an additional 30 official<br />

balls. <strong>Club</strong>s joining from <strong>the</strong> UEFA Champions<br />

League will receive 60 official balls and 20 winter<br />

balls in advance of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />

The two finalists will also receive an additional<br />

supply of official match balls.<br />

9.5 MATCHNIGHT PROMOTIONS<br />

UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier partners<br />

have <strong>the</strong> opportunity to provide a special stadium<br />

tour for a num<strong>be</strong>r of guests at UEFA Europa League<br />

matches. This tour will take place approximately 75<br />

minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off and covers various areas of<br />

interest. It does not, however, involve access to <strong>the</strong><br />

dressing rooms.<br />

In addition, <strong>the</strong> same guests may stand at <strong>the</strong> side<br />

of <strong>the</strong> pitch to watch part of <strong>the</strong> players’ pre-match<br />

warm-up.<br />

This promotion may not <strong>be</strong> carried out by clubs.<br />

UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to introduce o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

matchnight promotions for <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

partners during <strong>the</strong> course of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

108 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />

109


10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />

10.1 Interviews and presentations<br />

10.2 Filming of teams’ preparations<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


10.1 INTERVIEWS AND PRESENTATIONS<br />

10<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />

A variety of interviews and presentations are<br />

scheduled <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after each <strong>UEL</strong><br />

match, many of which are obligatory for <strong>the</strong> clubs<br />

if requested by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters. All interview<br />

requests, locations and activities are coordinated<br />

by and subject to <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />

Interviews may take place <strong>be</strong>fore or after<br />

a match, at half-time, at press conferences,<br />

in <strong>the</strong> mixed zone or following a specific<br />

language requested by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

MD-1<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must make <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach<br />

and a key player available for interview by <strong>the</strong> main<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster of <strong>the</strong>ir country. These interviews<br />

normally take place <strong>be</strong>fore or after <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />

official training session.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s should cooperate as much as possible with<br />

<strong>the</strong> main <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster of <strong>the</strong> opposing team in<br />

providing <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or a key player<br />

for interview.<br />

This material may <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> made available via<br />

<strong>the</strong> host broadcaster on <strong>the</strong> news exchange feed<br />

for o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

Interviews during <strong>the</strong> match<br />

• Interviews during play are not permitted<br />

with players and team officials listed on <strong>the</strong><br />

match sheet.<br />

• Interviews during play are permitted only with<br />

celebrities, studio guests, and non-participating<br />

officials and players.<br />

• Managers/head coaches, players who have<br />

<strong>be</strong>en substituted or sent off, officials, or unused<br />

substitutes may not <strong>be</strong> interviewed during<br />

a match.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

MD<br />

Pre-match interviews<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are permitted to conduct prematch<br />

interviews with mem<strong>be</strong>rs of <strong>the</strong> official<br />

team delegation on <strong>the</strong>ir arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

at a predetermined location, subject to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

agreement.<br />

Half-time interviews<br />

• The host or main visiting broadcaster, as<br />

appropriate, may conduct a half-time flash<br />

interview with a mem<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>the</strong> official team<br />

delegation, subject to <strong>the</strong>ir agreement. This<br />

includes <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or his<br />

assistant, but excludes <strong>the</strong> players.<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

• All interviews must take place in <strong>the</strong> designated<br />

broadcast areas.<br />

• The interview may <strong>be</strong> conducted at <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>be</strong>ginning or end of half-time in <strong>the</strong> super flash<br />

or flash interview position or an indoor studio.<br />

• Should <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster or main visiting<br />

broadcaster not wish to use this option, it may<br />

<strong>be</strong> transferred to ano<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />

in <strong>the</strong> territory of <strong>the</strong> relevant club.<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />

113


Post-match interviews<br />

Super flash interviews<br />

• Unilateral super flash interviews may <strong>be</strong><br />

conducted at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match near<br />

<strong>the</strong> entrance to <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel,<br />

if requested by <strong>the</strong> host or main visiting<br />

broadcaster.<br />

Suspended coaches<br />

Suspended managers/coaches are encouraged<br />

to <strong>be</strong> available for all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster and media<br />

obligations on MD-1, including <strong>the</strong> MD-1 press<br />

conference and host broadcaster interview. If this<br />

is not possible, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach must fulfil<br />

<strong>the</strong>se media obligations.<br />

On matchday, a suspended coach may follow <strong>the</strong><br />

match only from <strong>the</strong> stand, may not <strong>be</strong> present in<br />

<strong>the</strong> dressing room, tunnel or technical area <strong>be</strong>fore<br />

or during <strong>the</strong> match, and may not communicate<br />

with <strong>the</strong> team. Suspended coaches may access<br />

<strong>the</strong>se areas of 15 minutes after <strong>the</strong> final whistle,<br />

and should <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> available to <strong>the</strong> media. If<br />

a suspended coach fails to perform <strong>the</strong> normal<br />

post-match media activities, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach<br />

is bound by those media obligations. The same<br />

applies for a manager/head coach who has <strong>be</strong>en<br />

sent off during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• The host and main visiting broadcaster may<br />

each request two super flash interviews. The<br />

first such interview is obligatory – all clubs must<br />

make <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or a key player<br />

(i.e. a player who had a decisive influence on <strong>the</strong><br />

result) available. The second such interview is not<br />

compulsory and requires <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />

Flash interviews<br />

For <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and <strong>the</strong>ir viewers around<br />

<strong>the</strong> world, obtaining a reaction to <strong>the</strong> match<br />

shortly after <strong>the</strong> final whistle is an essential<br />

component of programming and an important<br />

part of why rights holders invest in on-site<br />

productions at <strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />

The UEFA Europa League Regulations <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

require clubs to make <strong>the</strong>ir manager/head coach<br />

and at least two key players available to all<br />

broadcasters. However, given <strong>the</strong> worldwide interest<br />

in <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> objective for both UEFA and<br />

clubs is to provide <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st possible post-match<br />

service to broadcasters by adhering to <strong>the</strong> following<br />

principles.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s should make every effort to satisfy<br />

all interview requests by making at least<br />

four players available and giving special<br />

consideration to language or nationality-specific<br />

requests.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that players do not<br />

repeatedly refuse post-match interviews with<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters or o<strong>the</strong>rwise fail to meet <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

media obligations. This applies particularly to<br />

<strong>the</strong> UEFA man of <strong>the</strong> match or <strong>be</strong>st-rated player<br />

(if selected) and o<strong>the</strong>r players who have had<br />

a decisive influence on <strong>the</strong> result.<br />

• If <strong>the</strong>re is a valid reason why a requested<br />

manager/head coach or player cannot <strong>be</strong><br />

provided to a particular <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster, a<br />

suitable replacement must <strong>be</strong> made available.<br />

• UEFA will advise clubs on <strong>the</strong> requested timings<br />

for interviews. In particular, clubs should make<br />

every effort to ensure that <strong>the</strong> manager/head<br />

coach and players are available for interviews<br />

within 15 minutes of <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match if<br />

requested, as <strong>the</strong> live programmes of many<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters end at this time.<br />

• Players selected for doping controls may<br />

conduct interviews after <strong>the</strong> match if escorted<br />

by a UEFA match officer or ano<strong>the</strong>r chaperone<br />

designated by <strong>the</strong> doping control officer.<br />

• Post-match flash interview requests from<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters always take priority over<br />

mixed zone activities and interviews for club<br />

media platforms.<br />

• Interviews may take place after <strong>the</strong> match<br />

with manager/head coaches or players who<br />

have <strong>be</strong>en sent off, subject to <strong>the</strong> agreement<br />

of UEFA and <strong>the</strong> relevant club press officer.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach does not fulfil<br />

this obligation, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach must<br />

do so instead.<br />

• Flash interviews must <strong>be</strong> conducted in <strong>the</strong> flash<br />

interview position in front of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> backdrop.<br />

Broadcaster studio activities<br />

• Pre- and post-match interviews may <strong>be</strong><br />

conducted in <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster studios<br />

positioned in <strong>the</strong> vicinity of <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms.<br />

• All interview requests require <strong>the</strong> consent of <strong>the</strong><br />

clubs and <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />

• Presentations and discussions that do not require<br />

<strong>the</strong> manger/head coach or listed players may <strong>be</strong><br />

conducted in pitch view studios at any time.<br />

Pitchside presentations<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may, subject to UEFA approval,<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, at half-time, <strong>be</strong>fore extra time or<br />

at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match, introduce <strong>the</strong>ir programme,<br />

interview guests or deliver news stories.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

1<strong>14</strong> UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />

115


10.2 FILMING OF TEAMS’ PREPARATIONS<br />

Dressing rooms<br />

The dressing rooms of both teams are off limits<br />

to representatives of <strong>the</strong> media <strong>be</strong>fore, during<br />

and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

As an exception, subject to <strong>the</strong> prior agreement of<br />

<strong>the</strong> relevant club, one host broadcaster camera crew<br />

may enter each dressing room prior to <strong>the</strong> match to<br />

film <strong>the</strong> players’ shirts and equipment and conduct<br />

one brief presentation involving its main reporter<br />

or presenter.<br />

This filming must <strong>be</strong> completed well <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong><br />

arrival of <strong>the</strong> players, ideally around two hours<br />

prior to kick-off, and will <strong>be</strong> supervised by UEFA.<br />

Team arrivals<br />

The host broadcaster is permitted to film <strong>the</strong><br />

arrival of both teams, using a maximum of three<br />

cameras in fixed positions for each team, in <strong>the</strong><br />

following locations:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> point at which <strong>the</strong> players get off <strong>the</strong><br />

team buses;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone;<br />

• outside <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms<br />

(with no view inside <strong>the</strong> dressing room).<br />

The exact locations of <strong>the</strong>se cameras are subject<br />

to UEFA approval. O<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may<br />

<strong>be</strong> permitted to film <strong>the</strong> teams’ arrival, subject<br />

to space and security considerations and<br />

UEFA approval.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

116 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


11 MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />

11.1 MATCH ACTIVITIES<br />

11.2 ADDITIONAL MEDIA ACTIVITIES<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


11.1 MATCH ACTIVITIES<br />

Press conferences<br />

1<br />

General<br />

• Both clubs are required, in coordination with<br />

UEFA, to stage press conferences on MD-1 and<br />

after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

MD-1<br />

• MD-1 press conferences are to <strong>be</strong> attended by<br />

<strong>the</strong> manager/head coach and at least one player.<br />

• MD-1 press conferences should <strong>be</strong> held <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

12.00 and 20.00 local time. Any alternative<br />

timings require <strong>the</strong> prior approval of UEFA.<br />

2<br />

11<br />

MEDIA PRACTICES<br />

AND PROCEDURES<br />

• Each press conference must <strong>be</strong> held in front of<br />

<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> backdrop, with exclusivity for all<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />

• Each press conference should <strong>be</strong> conducted by<br />

<strong>the</strong> press officer of <strong>the</strong> relevant club.<br />

• In principle, and unless alternative<br />

arrangements have <strong>be</strong>en agreed <strong>be</strong>forehand by<br />

<strong>the</strong> two clubs, <strong>the</strong> home club is responsible for<br />

providing a qualified interpreter with a strong<br />

knowledge<br />

of football. Simultaneous translation facilities<br />

should <strong>be</strong> offered whenever possible.<br />

• In principle, all press conferences are open<br />

to all media accredited for <strong>the</strong> match. Any<br />

limiting of media access must <strong>be</strong> agreed in<br />

advance <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> clubs and UEFA.<br />

• Coaches and players attending press<br />

conferences must comply with <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />

provisions of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations.<br />

• In principle, press conferences should <strong>be</strong><br />

held at <strong>the</strong> stadium where <strong>the</strong> match is to<br />

<strong>be</strong> played. If a club does not wish to stage its<br />

press conference at <strong>the</strong> match stadium, it must<br />

obtain UEFA’s prior approval to hold it at <strong>the</strong><br />

training ground. Alternative venues will only<br />

<strong>be</strong> permitted in exceptional circumstances.<br />

• If a press conference is held in a location<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> match stadium, each club is<br />

responsible for providing and paying for <strong>the</strong><br />

necessary technical infrastructure and services,<br />

including a qualified interpreter with a strong<br />

knowledge of football, at <strong>the</strong> chosen venue.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that press conferences<br />

may <strong>be</strong> broadcast live by all media present. In<br />

addition, no embargos or o<strong>the</strong>r restrictions are<br />

imposed on <strong>the</strong> use of press conference content.<br />

• If a club organises additional pre-match media<br />

activities – a mixed zone, for example – such<br />

activities may supplement but not replace <strong>the</strong><br />

pre-match press conference.<br />

• Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, should <strong>the</strong> visiting club’s press<br />

conference not <strong>be</strong> held at <strong>the</strong> match stadium,<br />

it is always <strong>the</strong> home club’s responsibility<br />

to provide <strong>the</strong> media with match-specific<br />

information in a <strong>UEL</strong> press kit folder printed<br />

on <strong>UEL</strong> press paper.<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />

121


Press conference backdrop and table signs<br />

The following rules apply to <strong>the</strong> installation and<br />

supply of <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop and table<br />

signs for <strong>the</strong> group stage.<br />

1. In principle, it is <strong>the</strong> home club’s responsibility<br />

to ensure that <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrops<br />

and table signs are installed and dismantled at<br />

<strong>the</strong> respective visiting club’s press conference<br />

location.<br />

2. However, it <strong>be</strong>comes <strong>the</strong> visiting club’s<br />

responsibility in <strong>the</strong> event that UEFA decides<br />

that <strong>the</strong>re is not sufficient installing or<br />

dismantling time <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> two MD-1 press<br />

conferences.<br />

3. If <strong>the</strong> visiting club was obliged to bring its<br />

own <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop and table<br />

signs, but failed to do so, it must relocate its<br />

press conference to <strong>the</strong> press conference room<br />

in <strong>the</strong> match stadium or to a location agreed<br />

with UEFA. Under such circumstances, it is up<br />

to UEFA to decide whe<strong>the</strong>r it is necessary to<br />

reschedule <strong>the</strong> press conference.<br />

For <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will install <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

press conference backdrop and table signs for both<br />

<strong>the</strong> home and visiting clubs’ press conferences,<br />

both on MD-1 and post-match, regardless of where<br />

<strong>the</strong>y are held.<br />

Post-match<br />

The press conference is to <strong>be</strong> attended by<br />

<strong>the</strong> manager/head coach of <strong>the</strong> relevant team.<br />

It must <strong>be</strong> held within 20 minutes of <strong>the</strong><br />

end of <strong>the</strong> match in <strong>the</strong> stadium’s press<br />

conference room.<br />

Guidelines for interpreters<br />

In order to ensure <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st possible translation<br />

service at press conferences, clubs are advised<br />

to observe <strong>the</strong> following guidelines.<br />

• If simultaneous translation is provided, media<br />

representatives asking questions must use <strong>the</strong><br />

roving microphones.<br />

• Questions from <strong>the</strong> media should always <strong>be</strong><br />

translated <strong>be</strong>fore a coach or player answers.<br />

• The interpreter should wait until <strong>the</strong> coach<br />

or player has finished <strong>the</strong>ir answer <strong>be</strong>fore<br />

translating.<br />

Training sessions<br />

• Both clubs must open up <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1 training<br />

sessions to all media for at least 15 minutes,<br />

regardless of <strong>the</strong> location.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide additional support to secure<br />

<strong>the</strong> host broadcaster a preferential filming<br />

position for <strong>the</strong> MD-1training session, for<br />

distribution as part of <strong>the</strong> news exchange feed.<br />

• If a club does not hold a full training session<br />

on <strong>the</strong> day <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, alternative<br />

arrangements must <strong>be</strong> made, in agreement with<br />

UEFA, to provide <strong>the</strong> media with access to at<br />

least 15 minutes of <strong>the</strong> team’s preparation.<br />

Coordination of MD-1 press<br />

conferences and training sessions<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to work toge<strong>the</strong>r to coordinate<br />

<strong>the</strong> timing of <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1 press conferences and<br />

last training sessions prior to <strong>the</strong> match such that:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> media are able to cover <strong>the</strong> press<br />

conferences and training sessions of both clubs;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> media deadlines in <strong>the</strong> countries of both<br />

clubs can <strong>be</strong> respected;<br />

• <strong>the</strong>re is a gap of at least 15 minutes <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

<strong>the</strong> two training sessions if both take place<br />

in <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

In cases where clubs are unable to reach an<br />

agreement, <strong>the</strong> visiting club has first choice<br />

of timing for its press conference and training<br />

session. However, if <strong>the</strong> visiting club has not<br />

communicated this information to UEFA by<br />

12.00CET on <strong>the</strong> Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>the</strong><br />

home club will <strong>be</strong> free to fix <strong>the</strong> timing of its press<br />

conference and training session and <strong>the</strong> visiting<br />

club will have to adapt its schedule accordingly.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested not to change <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1<br />

plans any later than 12.00CET on <strong>the</strong> Monday<br />

prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

In cases where UEFA is obliged to arbitrate on<br />

<strong>the</strong> timings and locations MD-1 activities, UEFA’s<br />

decision will <strong>be</strong> regarded as final.<br />

All MD-1 timings must <strong>be</strong> sent to <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Media Operations department. Only <strong>the</strong>se<br />

communications will <strong>be</strong> considered in <strong>the</strong><br />

event of arbitration by UEFA.<br />

Mixed zone<br />

• After <strong>the</strong> match, a mixed zone is set up for <strong>the</strong><br />

media on <strong>the</strong> way from <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms to<br />

<strong>the</strong> exit used by <strong>the</strong> teams.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that all players listed on <strong>the</strong><br />

match sheet (both in <strong>the</strong> starting lineups and<br />

as substitutes) pass through <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />

• This area must only <strong>be</strong> accessible to coaches,<br />

players and representatives of <strong>the</strong> media<br />

(excluding photographers).<br />

• In principle, all accredited media representatives<br />

(except photographers) are allowed access to<br />

<strong>the</strong> mixed zone, space permitting. Any limiting<br />

of media access must <strong>be</strong> agreed with UEFA<br />

in advance.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

122 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />

123


Press kits<br />

UEFA prepares a press kit for each match that<br />

includes <strong>the</strong> following information:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> latest news from <strong>the</strong> two teams;<br />

• an updated player list for each club (including<br />

information such as matches played and<br />

goals scored by each player in <strong>the</strong>ir national<br />

league and UEFA club competitions);<br />

• an updated list of season’s results in all<br />

competition for each club;<br />

• results of previous matches <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

<strong>the</strong> two clubs (if applicable);<br />

• match-by-match lineups and <strong>the</strong> latest<br />

disciplinary situation;<br />

• information about <strong>the</strong> referee and<br />

assistant referees.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> press officers will also <strong>be</strong> asked to assist with<br />

<strong>the</strong> checking and distribution of <strong>the</strong> press kits.<br />

UEFA will send out a draft of <strong>the</strong> press kit to <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant club press officers on <strong>the</strong> morning of<br />

MD-3. The content should <strong>be</strong> checked thoroughly<br />

and any inaccuracies reported to UEFA within <strong>the</strong><br />

stated deadline to allow corrections <strong>be</strong>fore final<br />

copies are printed.<br />

Official UEFA photographer<br />

• UEFA will send an official photographer to<br />

certain selected matches, who will <strong>be</strong> briefed to<br />

take a selection of photographs for use in official<br />

UEFA publications and use by <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />

(subject to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners obtaining <strong>the</strong><br />

appropriate rights clearance). <strong>Club</strong>s are asked<br />

to cooperate by making suitable arrangements<br />

for such a photographer.<br />

• A num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>the</strong>se photographs may <strong>be</strong><br />

“<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> scenes” shots, for which UEFA<br />

will provide <strong>the</strong> official photographer with <strong>the</strong><br />

appropriate accreditation. During <strong>the</strong> match,<br />

<strong>the</strong> photographer will wear a photographer’s bib<br />

and cover <strong>the</strong> match from <strong>the</strong> normal pitchside<br />

working positions.<br />

• UEFA will discuss <strong>the</strong> list of shots required<br />

with <strong>the</strong> clubs involved to ensure that suitable<br />

arrangements can <strong>be</strong> made and that clubs are<br />

not inconvenienced in any way.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s can access <strong>the</strong> photographs on request.<br />

Team lineups<br />

• <strong>Club</strong> press officers are also requested to check<br />

<strong>the</strong> spellings of <strong>the</strong> players’ names with UEFA<br />

after <strong>the</strong> organisational meeting on <strong>the</strong> morning<br />

of MD at <strong>the</strong> latest.<br />

• The official UEFA media player names should<br />

<strong>be</strong> used in all cases.<br />

• For <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nefit of <strong>the</strong> TV audience, clubs are<br />

encouraged to provide UEFA venue director/<br />

media officer and/or <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster<br />

with <strong>the</strong> playing positions of each team.<br />

• Both clubs must provide a completed match<br />

sheet to UEFA venue director or media officer<br />

no later than 75 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off. That<br />

sheet should contain <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>rs, full names<br />

and nicknames (if applicable) of not more than<br />

18 players (as well as <strong>the</strong> names of any officials<br />

seated on <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch). The first 11<br />

players on this list should <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> starting lineup,<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>rs <strong>be</strong>ing designated as substitutes.<br />

• UEFA will prepare a printed sheet indicating <strong>the</strong><br />

teams’ lineups and clubs are requested to assist<br />

with <strong>the</strong> distribution of this list to all media<br />

representatives, as instructed by UEFA.<br />

11.2 ADDITIONAL MEDIA ACTIVITIES<br />

Information<br />

Before and during <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs may<br />

<strong>be</strong> asked by UEFA to provide information about<br />

<strong>the</strong> club and team. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to meet<br />

<strong>the</strong> deadlines provided. The information must <strong>be</strong><br />

provided free of charge and may include:<br />

• a club history and records;<br />

• profiles of each individual player;<br />

• a profile of <strong>the</strong> club president;<br />

• a profile of <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach;<br />

• a history of and background information<br />

on <strong>the</strong> club’s stadium;<br />

• a complete list of national fixtures;<br />

• a complete list of match results (for <strong>the</strong> previous<br />

season), including scorers, team lineups and<br />

substitutions;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> address of <strong>the</strong> club’s website and any official<br />

social media accounts.<br />

Photos<br />

Before <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs may <strong>be</strong> asked<br />

by UEFA to provide a variety of photographs via an<br />

FTP server. The required material must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

free of charge and may include photos of:<br />

• players<br />

• <strong>the</strong> squad<br />

• <strong>the</strong> head coach<br />

• <strong>the</strong> assistant coach<br />

• <strong>the</strong> club president<br />

• <strong>the</strong> stadium (i.e. <strong>the</strong> home ground used for<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> matches)<br />

These photos will <strong>be</strong> used for non-commercial<br />

promotional and/or editorial purposes such<br />

as UEFA.com, statistics handbooks and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

official publications.<br />

UEFA will not directly associate individual players<br />

or clubs with any <strong>UEL</strong> partners. On request,<br />

clubs must supply, free of charge, all appropriate<br />

material and <strong>the</strong> necessary documentation<br />

to allow UEFA to make full use of such rights<br />

in this regards.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> insights (knockout stage only)<br />

UEFA will produce club insights of <strong>the</strong> teams that<br />

qualify for <strong>the</strong> round of 32 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League to fur<strong>the</strong>r promote <strong>the</strong> competition. <strong>Club</strong><br />

insights feature footage of <strong>the</strong> stadium interior<br />

and exterior both during <strong>the</strong> day and night,<br />

interviews with key figures from <strong>the</strong> club and a club<br />

history, as well as city views and landmarks. As this<br />

programme will also feature highlights, comments,<br />

analysis, background, emotion, passion, excitement<br />

and entertainment as explained by coaches and<br />

players, support from clubs in providing one-toone<br />

interviews with <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach and/<br />

or players is essential, and special filming in <strong>the</strong><br />

stadium will <strong>be</strong> necessary.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

124 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />

125


Publications<br />

Statistics handbook<br />

UEFA will produce <strong>the</strong> official statistics handbook,<br />

which will <strong>be</strong> available in digital format only<br />

on UEFA.com as from <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />

Statistics and o<strong>the</strong>r relevant content will <strong>be</strong><br />

updated after every matchday.<br />

Interviews and media days<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must make every effort to provide interviews<br />

with managers/head coaches and players during<br />

<strong>the</strong> season.<br />

Coordinated requests will <strong>be</strong> made via UEFA for<br />

interviews to <strong>be</strong> used in printed publications, online<br />

and/or digital formats and UEFA’s TV channel.<br />

It is expected that such requests will <strong>be</strong> made<br />

once during <strong>the</strong> group stage and once during <strong>the</strong><br />

knockout stage, prior to <strong>the</strong> final. This coordinated<br />

activity is designed to ease <strong>the</strong> burden on clubs<br />

and allow UEFA to supply content to its media<br />

partners.<br />

Additional requests may also <strong>be</strong> made by UEFA<br />

on <strong>be</strong>half of <strong>the</strong> general media, as well as <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters. These requests will <strong>be</strong> made on<br />

an ad hoc basis. For <strong>the</strong> finalists, UEFA requests<br />

an open media day.<br />

UEFA.com<br />

UEFA’s official website is available in English,<br />

French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and<br />

Russian, as well as Chinese, Japanese and Korean.<br />

The website contains text and videos providing<br />

in-depth analysis, interviews and reports on UEFA’s<br />

competitions and activities, in accordance with<br />

UEFA’s editorial guidelines. It also provides official<br />

data on all UEFA’s competitions, coordinating all<br />

match statistics and offering live text, data and<br />

video content for all <strong>UEL</strong> matches via its match<br />

centre. With over 75 million visitors per year, <strong>the</strong><br />

website has extensive reach, both for UEFA and for<br />

participating clubs. It is supplemented by UEFA’s<br />

commitment to social media.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

126 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


12 CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

12.1 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

12.2 PLAYING KIT AND EQUIPMENT<br />

12.3 UEFA FLAGS<br />

12.4 BALLBOYS/GIRLS<br />

12.5 PITCH WATERING<br />

12.6 CLUB MASCOTS<br />

12.7 STADIUM TOURS<br />

12.8 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS AND<br />

INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />

12.9 PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM<br />

12.10 CLUB CHANNELS<br />

12.11 FILMING AND VIDEO ANALYSIS FOR<br />

TECHNICAL PURPOSES<br />

12.12 USE OF TECHNICAL DEVICES IN THE TECHNICAL AREA<br />

12.13 PUBLIC SCREENING<br />

12.<strong>14</strong> CLUB MEDIA RIGHTS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


12.1 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

12<br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> pre-match medical information<br />

requirements set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Medical<br />

Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition) that must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

to <strong>the</strong> visiting club at least two weeks <strong>be</strong>fore each<br />

match, <strong>the</strong> home club must make sure that <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum medical requirements as defined in<br />

<strong>the</strong>se medical regulations are implemented on<br />

MD-1 and MD. These include, but are not limited<br />

to, <strong>the</strong> following points:<br />

• A qualified emergency doctor and a stretcher<br />

with two carriers must <strong>be</strong> present pitchside<br />

throughout MD-1 training session and <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• A full range of emergency medical equipment<br />

must <strong>be</strong> present pitchside during <strong>the</strong> MD-1<br />

training session, <strong>the</strong> pre-match warm-up and<br />

<strong>the</strong> match. This includes:<br />

– an automated external defibrillator;<br />

– a spinal board (with side head supports<br />

and straps);<br />

– a fully equipped emergency medical bag with<br />

breathing, airway and circulation equipment,<br />

and emergency medication as detailed in <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />

• As of MD, a medical room for <strong>the</strong> sole use of<br />

players, team officials, referees and match<br />

officers must <strong>be</strong> available and fully equipped<br />

with all <strong>the</strong> first aid material specified in <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />

• A fully equipped advanced life support<br />

ambulance for <strong>the</strong> sole use of players, team<br />

officials, referees and match officers, staffed by<br />

at least one paramedic, must <strong>be</strong> positioned in<br />

an area of <strong>the</strong> stadium that <strong>be</strong>st permits quick<br />

egress from <strong>the</strong> pitch area and/or dressing<br />

rooms for emergency medical evacuation:<br />

– as of half an hour prior to MD-1 training and<br />

half an hour after it;<br />

– as of 90 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match up to 1<br />

hour after it.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

131


12.2 PLAYING KIT AND EQUIPMENT<br />

All kit items (shirt, shorts and socks) must comply with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />

Kit item<br />

Playing shirt<br />

Sponsorship<br />

logo<br />

• One logo<br />

(max.<br />

200cm 2 )<br />

• Front of shirt<br />

• Horizontally<br />

or vertically<br />

positioned<br />

• Letters max.<br />

10cm high<br />

Charity logo<br />

• Max. one<br />

logo in one of<br />

<strong>the</strong> following<br />

positions on<br />

<strong>the</strong> official<br />

playing shirt:<br />

a) as an alternative<br />

to <strong>the</strong> club<br />

name within<br />

<strong>the</strong> collar zone<br />

on <strong>the</strong> back<br />

of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />

(max. 20cm 2 )<br />

b) as an alternative<br />

to <strong>the</strong> club<br />

name <strong>be</strong>low<br />

<strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

on <strong>the</strong> back<br />

of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />

(maximum<br />

size 100cm 2 )<br />

c) in <strong>the</strong> space<br />

reserved for<br />

<strong>the</strong> main<br />

club sponsor,<br />

alone or in<br />

combination<br />

with a club<br />

sponsor logo<br />

(max. 200cm 2<br />

for combined<br />

logo)<br />

Manufacturer<br />

identification<br />

(MI)<br />

• One MI on chest<br />

(max. 20cm 2 )<br />

• One or more<br />

‘design marks’ on<br />

a band or max.<br />

8cm width in one<br />

of <strong>the</strong> following<br />

positions:<br />

• centred down<br />

outer seam of<br />

each sleeve,<br />

but excluding<br />

sleeve free zone<br />

• centred down<br />

outer seam<br />

of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />

(armhole to<br />

bottom of shirt)<br />

• centred across<br />

<strong>the</strong> bottom of<br />

<strong>the</strong> sleeve (right<br />

and left sleeves)<br />

Playing shorts NO NO • One MI in any<br />

position on<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max.<br />

20cm 2 )<br />

• One or more<br />

‘design marks’<br />

on band of max.<br />

8cm width on<br />

bottom edge or<br />

outer seam<br />

<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />

• One emblem<br />

on front of<br />

shirt at chest<br />

height above<br />

sponsor<br />

lettering<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

• One emblem<br />

at <strong>the</strong> bottom<br />

of each single<br />

figure of <strong>the</strong><br />

player num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

(max. 5cm 2 )<br />

• All or part of<br />

club emblem<br />

once on back<br />

of shirt centred<br />

in collar zone<br />

(max. 12cm 2 )<br />

• One emblem<br />

on front of<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max.<br />

50cm 2 )<br />

• One emblem<br />

at <strong>the</strong> bottom<br />

of each single<br />

figure of <strong>the</strong><br />

player num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />

<strong>Club</strong> name<br />

(including<br />

abbreviation)<br />

• One name on<br />

front of shirt<br />

in any position<br />

(max. 12cm 2 ,<br />

letters max.<br />

2cm high)<br />

• If no club<br />

emblem<br />

appears, club<br />

name may <strong>be</strong><br />

max. 100cm 2<br />

and 5cm high<br />

• One name<br />

within collar<br />

zone (max.<br />

12cm 2 , letters<br />

max. 2cm high)<br />

• One name on<br />

back of shirt<br />

<strong>be</strong>low num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

(letters max.<br />

7.5cm high)<br />

• One name<br />

anywhere on<br />

shorts (max.<br />

12cm 2 , letters<br />

max. 2cm high)<br />

• If no club<br />

emblem<br />

appears, club<br />

name may<br />

<strong>be</strong> max.<br />

50cm 2 , letters<br />

5cm high<br />

National<br />

symbol<br />

National flag or<br />

official national<br />

symbol<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on front of shirt<br />

at chest height<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on back of shirt<br />

above num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

in correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on front of<br />

shorts (max.<br />

25cm 2 )<br />

Regional<br />

symbol<br />

Coat of arms<br />

or flag of town<br />

or region<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used:<br />

a) one regional<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on front of shirt<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

b) one regional<br />

symbol on back<br />

of shirt above<br />

num<strong>be</strong>r (max<br />

25cm 2 ) or if no<br />

club emblem in<br />

collar zone one<br />

symbol on back<br />

of shirt centred<br />

on collar zone<br />

(max 12cm 2 )<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used:<br />

a) one symbol on<br />

front of shorts<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

Kit item<br />

Sponsorship<br />

logo<br />

Charity logo<br />

Manufacturer<br />

identification<br />

(MI)<br />

Playing socks NO NO • One MI ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />

once (max.<br />

20cm2) or<br />

twice (max.<br />

10cm 2 each)<br />

horizontally<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween ankle<br />

and top edge<br />

of each sock<br />

• One or more<br />

‘design marks’<br />

on band of max.<br />

5cm width<br />

across top edge<br />

of each sock<br />

Goalkeeper gloves<br />

(<strong>the</strong>se may include<br />

goalkeeper’s name<br />

on each glove<br />

(letters max. 2cm<br />

high))<br />

NO NO • One MI in any<br />

position on<br />

each glove<br />

(max. 20cm 2 )<br />

• One quality seal or<br />

technology la<strong>be</strong>l<br />

(max. 10cm 2 )<br />

Goalkeeper cap NO NO • One MI in any<br />

position (max.<br />

20cm 2 )<br />

Hats/headbands NO NO • One MI in any<br />

position (max.<br />

20cm 2 )<br />

Thermal shorts/<br />

trousers, gloves,<br />

wristbands<br />

Undershirt (worn<br />

under playing<br />

shirt)<br />

NO NO • One MI in any<br />

position (max.<br />

20cm 2 )<br />

NO NO • Up to two MIs<br />

in any position,<br />

one on <strong>the</strong> front<br />

and one on <strong>the</strong><br />

back, but not<br />

within <strong>the</strong><br />

collar zone<br />

(max. 20cm 2 )<br />

<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />

• All or part<br />

of <strong>the</strong> club<br />

emblem once<br />

on each sock<br />

in any position<br />

(max. 50cm 2 )<br />

<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />

<strong>Club</strong> name<br />

(including<br />

abbreviation)<br />

• One name<br />

anywhere on<br />

each sock (max.<br />

12cm 2 , letters<br />

max. 2cm high)<br />

• If no club<br />

emblem<br />

appears, club<br />

name may <strong>be</strong><br />

max 50cm 2<br />

and 5cm high<br />

National<br />

symbol<br />

National flag or<br />

official national<br />

symbol<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

in correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on each sock<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

NO NO • 1 national flag<br />

on each glove<br />

(max. 10cm 2 )<br />

• One club emblem<br />

or club name<br />

in any position<br />

(max. 50cm 2 )<br />

• One club emblem<br />

or club name<br />

in any position<br />

(max. 50cm 2 )<br />

• One club emblem<br />

or club name in<br />

any position (max<br />

50cm 2 )<br />

• One club emblem<br />

or club name in<br />

any position (max<br />

50cm 2 )<br />

• One national<br />

flag (max.<br />

10cm 2 )<br />

• One national<br />

flag (max.<br />

10cm 2 )<br />

Regional<br />

symbol<br />

Coat of arms<br />

or flag of town<br />

or region<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used:<br />

a) one symbol<br />

on each sock<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

NO<br />

NO<br />

NO<br />

NO NO NO NO<br />

• One emblem<br />

on front of shirt<br />

at chest height<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

• All or part of<br />

club emblem<br />

once on back<br />

of shirt centred<br />

in collar zone<br />

(max 12cm 2 )<br />

Captain’s armband NO NO NO • The word<br />

“captain” or an<br />

abbreviation<br />

<strong>the</strong>reof or<br />

emblem of club<br />

in any position<br />

Medical<br />

equipment<br />

(e.g.headguard,<br />

face mask)<br />

• One name on<br />

front of shirt<br />

in any position<br />

(max. 12cm 2 ,<br />

letters max. 2cm<br />

high)<br />

• If no club<br />

emblem appears,<br />

club name may<br />

<strong>be</strong> max. 100cm 2<br />

and 5cm high<br />

• One name within<br />

collar zone (max.<br />

12cm 2 , letters<br />

max. 2cm high)<br />

• One name on<br />

back of shirt<br />

(letters max<br />

7.5cm high)<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on back of shirt<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flag<br />

on front of shirt<br />

at chest height<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

NO NO NO<br />

NO NO NO NO NO NO NO<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used:<br />

a) one symbol on<br />

front of shirt<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

b) one symbol on<br />

back of shirt<br />

(max 25cm2)<br />

or if no club<br />

emblem in<br />

collar zone one<br />

symbol on back<br />

of shirt centred<br />

on collar zone<br />

(max 12cm 2 )<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

132 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

133


Shirt sponsorship<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />

From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />

If <strong>the</strong> applicable national laws and/or regulations in<br />

<strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club prevent <strong>the</strong> visiting<br />

club from displaying its approved shirt sponsor<br />

on its playing kit, <strong>the</strong> visiting club may request<br />

UEFA approval to replace its shirt sponsor with<br />

a UEFA-endorsed programme (e.g. <strong>the</strong> Respect<br />

campaign) or with a charity, in compliance with<br />

Shirt sleeve badges<br />

From <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards, players must<br />

wear <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> competition logo badge on <strong>the</strong> right<br />

sleeve of <strong>the</strong>ir playing shirts, <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> shoulder<br />

seam and <strong>the</strong> elbow. The reigning titleholder must<br />

wear <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> titleholder badge instead of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

competition badge.<br />

UEFA requirements. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, a club may<br />

wear advertising for a product of its sponsor as<br />

long as this complies with <strong>the</strong> applicable national<br />

legislation and is approved by UEFA. Such requests<br />

must <strong>be</strong> submitted to <strong>the</strong> UEFA administration at<br />

least seven days <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match in question.<br />

Any item worn by players and club officials that is<br />

not part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire must comply with <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />

Use of sponsor on non-playing kit and<br />

equipment (Art. 19.17 <strong>UEL</strong> Competition<br />

Regulations <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> Season)<br />

From <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />

• All items worn by players and club officials<br />

which do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire<br />

(shirt, shorts and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor<br />

advertising for any <strong>UEL</strong> media activities (in<br />

particular for interviews, press conferences and<br />

appearances in <strong>the</strong> mixed zone) on MD-1, and<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

All items worn by players and club officials which<br />

do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire (shirt, shorts<br />

and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor advertising:<br />

• for any official training session on MD-1<br />

and <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match;<br />

• on MD from arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

until departure from <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

From <strong>the</strong> group stage matches onwards, players<br />

must wear a Respect badge on <strong>the</strong> left sleeve<br />

of <strong>the</strong>ir playing shirts, <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> shoulder<br />

seam and <strong>the</strong> elbow.<br />

The following elements must <strong>be</strong> taken into consideration:<br />

7<br />

8<br />

UEFA supplies clubs with 400 competition logo<br />

badges and 400 Respect badges prior to <strong>the</strong> start<br />

of <strong>the</strong> season. <strong>Club</strong>s that qualify for <strong>the</strong> knockout<br />

stage may request an additional 400 badges. These<br />

badges must only <strong>be</strong> used on players’ shirts and<br />

must not <strong>be</strong> resold or o<strong>the</strong>rwise commercialised.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may contact UEFA’s official licensee, Sporting<br />

iD (see section 18.2 for contact details), to purchase<br />

additional badges to <strong>be</strong> applied on replica shirts<br />

sold in official club outlets. The Respect badge may<br />

not <strong>be</strong> sold on replica shirts.<br />

Kit item<br />

Sponsorship<br />

logo<br />

Tracksuits, As per above<br />

restrictions<br />

training<br />

tops, t-shirts,<br />

jackets<br />

Charity logo<br />

NO<br />

Manufacturer<br />

identification<br />

(MI)<br />

• Max. five MIs<br />

(max. 20cm 2<br />

each)<br />

• One or more<br />

‘design marks’<br />

on no more than<br />

two bands of<br />

max. 8cm width<br />

and no longer<br />

than torso<br />

• Can <strong>be</strong> in any<br />

position on <strong>the</strong><br />

tops, except<br />

within collar<br />

zone where MI<br />

must <strong>be</strong> centred<br />

on <strong>the</strong> back of<br />

<strong>the</strong> outside<br />

<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />

• One emblem<br />

on front at<br />

chest height<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />

• All or part<br />

of <strong>the</strong> club<br />

emblem once<br />

on back of tops<br />

centred in collar<br />

zone (max<br />

12cm 2 )<br />

<strong>Club</strong> name<br />

(including<br />

abbreviation)<br />

• One name<br />

of any size<br />

anywhere on<br />

tops<br />

National<br />

symbol<br />

National flag or<br />

official national<br />

symbol<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One symbol on<br />

front of top at<br />

chest height<br />

(max. 100cm 2 )<br />

• One national<br />

symbol or flage<br />

on back of tops<br />

above num<strong>be</strong>r<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

Regional<br />

symbol<br />

Coat of arms<br />

or flag of town<br />

or region<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used:<br />

a) one regional<br />

symbol on front<br />

of tops (max.<br />

25cm 2 )<br />

b) one regional<br />

symbol on back<br />

of shirt (max<br />

25cm 2 ) or if no<br />

club emblem in<br />

collar zone one<br />

symbol on back<br />

of shirt centred<br />

on collar zone<br />

(max 12cm 2 )<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

UEFA Europa League<br />

titleholder badge<br />

UEFA Europa League badge<br />

UEFA Respect badge<br />

134 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

135


Kit item<br />

Tracksuit<br />

bottoms,<br />

training<br />

bottoms,<br />

shorts<br />

Warm-up<br />

bibs<br />

Sponsorship<br />

logo<br />

As per above<br />

restrictions<br />

Charity logo<br />

NO<br />

Manufacturer<br />

identification<br />

(MI)<br />

• Max. five MI<br />

(max. 20cm 2<br />

each)<br />

• One or more<br />

“design marks”<br />

on no more than<br />

two bands of<br />

max. 8cm width<br />

and no longer<br />

than trousers<br />

NO NO • Up to two MIs<br />

of <strong>the</strong> same<br />

kind in any<br />

position, one<br />

on <strong>the</strong> front<br />

and one on<br />

<strong>the</strong> back (max.<br />

20cm 2 each)<br />

<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />

<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />

<strong>Club</strong> name<br />

(including<br />

abbreviation)<br />

• One emblem • One name<br />

on front of of any size<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max. anywhere on<br />

50cm 2 )<br />

bottoms/shorts<br />

National<br />

symbol<br />

National flag or<br />

official national<br />

symbol<br />

• National flag<br />

must <strong>be</strong> used<br />

in geometrical<br />

form and<br />

in correct<br />

proportions<br />

• One symbol<br />

on front of<br />

bottoms/shorts<br />

(max. 25cm 2 )<br />

NO NO NO NO<br />

Regional<br />

symbol<br />

Coat of arms<br />

or flag of town<br />

or region<br />

• If no national<br />

flag used: one<br />

symbol on front<br />

of bottoms/<br />

shorts (max.<br />

25cm 2 )<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />

From <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />

UEFA will provide each club with an appropriate<br />

num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>UEL</strong> warm-up bibs (in four different<br />

colours) for <strong>UEL</strong> matches. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to<br />

ensure that <strong>the</strong>ir players use <strong>the</strong>se bibs throughout<br />

<strong>the</strong> season at official training sessions, when<br />

warming up <strong>be</strong>fore or during matches and during<br />

<strong>the</strong> post-match warm-down, for <strong>the</strong> duration<br />

of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season.<br />

From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r equipment items used in connection with<br />

<strong>the</strong> matches (including all official training sessions<br />

and media events) such as kit bags and drinks<br />

containers must <strong>be</strong> free of any sponsor advertising<br />

or manufacturer identification unless instructed<br />

o<strong>the</strong>rwise by UEFA in writing.<br />

UEFA supplies clubs with official <strong>UEL</strong> medical bags<br />

and drink containers prior to <strong>the</strong>ir first knockout<br />

stage match, which clubs are requested to use for<br />

<strong>the</strong> rest of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Ballboys/<br />

girls, flag<br />

<strong>be</strong>arers, etc.<br />

Player escort<br />

kits<br />

NO NO Same restrictions<br />

as for tracksuits<br />

Same restrictions<br />

as for tracksuits<br />

Same restrictions<br />

as for tracksuits<br />

Same restrictions as for shirt, shorts and socks of playing attire<br />

Same restrictions<br />

as for tracksuits<br />

Same restrictions<br />

as for tracksuits<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Medical bag<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

Water bottles<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

Warm-up bibs<br />

136 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

137


12.3 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE, UEFA AND RESPECT FLAGS<br />

12.4 BALLBOYS/GIRLS<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to fly <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, UEFA and Respect flags (from <strong>the</strong> left in that order),<br />

on matchday. Subject to UEFA approval, clubs may also fly club and national flags in addition<br />

to <strong>the</strong>se UEFA flags.<br />

The following flag sizes are made available to <strong>the</strong> club. These will <strong>be</strong> distributed on site,<br />

prior to <strong>the</strong> first MD at <strong>the</strong> venue.<br />

Flag Size 1 Size 2<br />

UEFA Europa League flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />

UEFA flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />

Respect flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />

The home club must supply ballboys/girls for each<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> match who must <strong>be</strong> appropriately trained and<br />

capable of performing <strong>the</strong> task. They should also<br />

comply with UEFA’s instructions and remain <strong>be</strong>hind<br />

<strong>the</strong> advertising boards unless collecting a ball.<br />

12.5 PITCH WATERING<br />

Pitch watering<br />

The schedule for pitch watering on matchday<br />

up until 60 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off must <strong>be</strong><br />

communicated by <strong>the</strong> home club at <strong>the</strong><br />

organisational meeting.<br />

• Additional pitch watering after this time<br />

may take place at <strong>the</strong> following times.<br />

Kick-off time<br />

(CET)<br />

Pitch watering<br />

19.00 18.50 - 18.55 Half-time (for no<br />

longer than five<br />

21.05 20.55 - 21.00 minutes)<br />

Such additional pitch watering may only take<br />

place if this has <strong>be</strong>en agreed at <strong>the</strong> organisational<br />

meeting (or later on) by both clubs and <strong>the</strong> referee.<br />

• The referee is always entitled to request changes<br />

to <strong>the</strong> schedule.<br />

• The whole pitch must <strong>be</strong> watered evenly.<br />

• All pitch watering must <strong>be</strong> considerate of o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

activities taking place at matches, such as <strong>the</strong><br />

centre circle ceremony and pitch repairs, as well<br />

as broadcasting equipment situated around<br />

<strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

138 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

139


12.6 CLUB MASCOTS<br />

12.8 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS AND<br />

THE INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />

For <strong>the</strong> purpose of this section, a club mascot<br />

is a person dressed up in a costume in <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />

colours acting as a club’s “lucky charm”. The use<br />

of a mascot must <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed at <strong>the</strong><br />

club meeting. The following guidelines apply.<br />

• Mascots (in costumes) may only <strong>be</strong> slightly<br />

larger than a normal person.<br />

• Mascots should preferably wear <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> kit, but may also wear <strong>the</strong> team’s normal<br />

kit as long as <strong>the</strong> sponsor on <strong>the</strong> shirt is <strong>the</strong><br />

same and conforms to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations<br />

(2012 edition). No branding o<strong>the</strong>r than<br />

<strong>the</strong> club’s shirt sponsor and manufacturer<br />

identification may <strong>be</strong> visible.<br />

• Mascots may not enter <strong>the</strong> playing area of <strong>the</strong><br />

pitch; <strong>the</strong>y must walk or run around <strong>the</strong> sides,<br />

running track, etc.<br />

• Mascots may <strong>be</strong> visible:<br />

– <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match (until five minutes<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore kick-off);<br />

– during half-time;<br />

– after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

12.7 STADIUM TOURS<br />

Between MD-2 and MD+1 (inclusive), stadium<br />

tours can happen in a stadium hosting a UEFA<br />

Europa League match but no access shall <strong>be</strong> given<br />

to broadcaster areas, signage areas, or any zones<br />

where UEFA and/or any third party acting on <strong>be</strong>half<br />

of UEFA carry out work for <strong>the</strong> preparation and/or<br />

organisation of <strong>the</strong> upcoming<br />

UEFA Europa League match. Such zones are<br />

defined by UEFA and notified to <strong>the</strong> club<br />

accordingly. Any o<strong>the</strong>r area remains free to host<br />

stadium tour subject to <strong>the</strong> following conditions:<br />

• On an exceptional basis, mascots may appear<br />

in <strong>the</strong> team photo (if approved by UEFA).<br />

• Mascots may not <strong>be</strong> visible during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• Mascots may not stay in <strong>the</strong> technical area,<br />

including <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel.<br />

• Mascots may not interfere with a broadcast<br />

production.<br />

• Mascots may only move in <strong>the</strong> areas agreed<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween UEFA and <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

• <strong>the</strong> stadium tour is under <strong>the</strong> entire<br />

responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club and <strong>the</strong> club shall<br />

hold UEFA harmless for any claim relating<br />

directly or indirectly to such stadium tour;<br />

• any person taking part to such stadium tour shall<br />

release UEFA from any responsibility in relation<br />

to such stadium tour.<br />

Stadiums with videoboards should use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

branding, including <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor logo,<br />

as provided in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit<br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must also use this design if <strong>the</strong> videoboard is<br />

not part of <strong>the</strong> exclusive area. In addition, <strong>the</strong> club<br />

ensures that any scoreboards, videoboards and <strong>the</strong><br />

internal stadium TV channel are fully available to<br />

display match information such as teams’ line ups<br />

(including scores from o<strong>the</strong>r matches), goal scores,<br />

yellow and red cards, substitutions, time played<br />

and minimum amount of additional time decided<br />

by <strong>the</strong> referee.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must allocate two blocks of three minutes<br />

each <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match and one block of three<br />

minutes during <strong>the</strong> half-time break for UEFA and<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ promotions and<br />

adverts on videoboards and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium<br />

TV channel (and PA system). These blocks will <strong>be</strong><br />

used for any UEFA-endorsed campaigns through<br />

<strong>the</strong> season and for <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

partners’ messages.<br />

– The first pre-match block must start 25<br />

minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off.<br />

– The second pre-match block must start three<br />

minutes <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> UEFA welcome message.<br />

– The half-time block must start no later than<br />

two minutes after <strong>the</strong> referee has ended<br />

<strong>the</strong> first half and <strong>be</strong>fore any club adverts.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to assist with <strong>the</strong> implementation<br />

and set-up of <strong>the</strong>se promotions.<br />

The club must provide UEFA with a running order for<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir scoreboards, videoboards and internal stadium<br />

TV channel by MD-2. In addition to <strong>the</strong> above, <strong>the</strong><br />

club should adhere to <strong>the</strong> following principles.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s must use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo, <strong>the</strong> presenting<br />

sponsor logo and brand elements <strong>be</strong>fore, during<br />

(including half-time) and after <strong>the</strong> match, without<br />

creating any third-party association with <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League. If a club is allowed to show<br />

a club partner advert, according to <strong>the</strong> guidelines<br />

in this section, it should not use <strong>the</strong>se elements.<br />

• During <strong>the</strong> match itself, no coverage may <strong>be</strong><br />

shown apart from replays, which may only <strong>be</strong><br />

shown while <strong>the</strong> ball is out of play and/or during<br />

half-time or <strong>the</strong> break for extra time (if any).<br />

Such replays may only <strong>be</strong> shown as long as <strong>the</strong><br />

club has obtained permission from UEFA and<br />

any relevant local authorities.<br />

• Replays may not feature <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

– images that may have an impact on <strong>the</strong><br />

playing of <strong>the</strong> match;<br />

– controversial action (such as offside<br />

situations, fouls or o<strong>the</strong>r unfair play) which<br />

could encourage or incite any form of crowd<br />

disorder;<br />

– any public disorder, civil diso<strong>be</strong>dience or<br />

commercial and/or offensive material in <strong>the</strong><br />

crowd or on <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />

– any footage which may <strong>be</strong> deemed to<br />

criticise, undermine or damage <strong>the</strong> reputation,<br />

standing or authority of any player, match<br />

official and/or any o<strong>the</strong>r party at <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />

• Cabling from <strong>the</strong> HB van to <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />

control room must <strong>be</strong> organised and paid for<br />

by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />

• Subject to UEFA approval, clubs are permitted to<br />

show a goal celebration clip on <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />

(in <strong>the</strong> same way that <strong>the</strong>y are permitted to<br />

play a goal jingle on <strong>the</strong> PA system as set out in<br />

section 12.9) as long as this is not specifically<br />

linked to any commercial entity, club or player.<br />

Such clips must <strong>be</strong> celebratory in nature and<br />

must not in any way make reference to fans<br />

of <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

<strong>14</strong>0 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>1


Fan TV<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may deliver live pre-match and half-time<br />

productions, including interviews and presentations,<br />

to <strong>be</strong> broadcast on stadium videoboards or internal<br />

stadium TV channels, but <strong>the</strong> production company<br />

must work to <strong>the</strong> same guidelines and is subject to<br />

<strong>the</strong> same approval process as any <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster;<br />

<strong>the</strong> latter retains priority.<br />

• No activities are allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

• Fan TV promotions (magic camera, games,<br />

etc.) are only allowed until <strong>the</strong> players walk out<br />

of <strong>the</strong> tunnel.<br />

• Fan TV production companies should attend<br />

<strong>the</strong> relevant TV meetings scheduled during<br />

matchweek.<br />

• It is forbidden for cameras working for fan<br />

TV operations to film during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

The overview <strong>be</strong>low clarifies chronologically<br />

<strong>the</strong> principles related to <strong>the</strong> use of scoreboards<br />

and videoboards.<br />

For <strong>the</strong> group stage and <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong><br />

following must <strong>be</strong> displayed on <strong>the</strong> videoboard.<br />

On scoreboard/videoboard<br />

Group/knockout stage above first tier<br />

Knockout stage in exclusive area<br />

Commercial Feeds and graphics Commercial Feeds and graphics<br />

From stadium opening until 25 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off<br />

No restrictions – Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– All graphics<br />

Max. six non-<strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />

competitive messages, where<br />

each club partner has one<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– All graphics<br />

commercial message lasting<br />

no more than 30 secs.<br />

From 25 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off until players walk out<br />

No restrictions<br />

From players’ walk-out until kick-off<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo,<br />

presenting sponsor<br />

logo and <strong>UEL</strong><br />

brand elements<br />

During match<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo,<br />

presenting sponsor<br />

logo and <strong>UEL</strong><br />

brand elements<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– Match-related graphics<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts<br />

(two blocks of three minutes)<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Match score graphic<br />

– Match graphics<br />

– Non-controversial replays<br />

and goal clips<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts (one block<br />

of three minutes at half-time)<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> partner and<br />

non-commercial content<br />

may <strong>be</strong> shown<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />

sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />

elements<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />

sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />

elements<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– Match-related graphics<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts<br />

(two blocks of three minutes)<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Match score graphic<br />

– Match graphics<br />

– Non-controversial replays<br />

and goal clips<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts (one block<br />

of three minutes at half-time)<br />

12.9 PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM<br />

• During <strong>the</strong> match <strong>the</strong> PA system may only <strong>be</strong><br />

used for announcements requested by <strong>the</strong><br />

referee or local security authorities, as well as for<br />

announcements related to <strong>the</strong> match limited to<br />

scorers, substitutions, stadium attendance and<br />

<strong>the</strong> minimum additional time decided by <strong>the</strong><br />

referee. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />

may not <strong>be</strong> used for commercial messages, with<br />

<strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ competitions and<br />

promotions.<br />

• The scores of o<strong>the</strong>r matches on matchnight<br />

must not <strong>be</strong> announced over <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />

while <strong>the</strong> match is <strong>be</strong>ing played (although <strong>the</strong>y<br />

may <strong>be</strong> displayed on scoreboards, videoboards<br />

and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV channel). Such<br />

announcements must <strong>be</strong> restricted to <strong>the</strong><br />

half-time break and <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s may only play club-specific songs <strong>be</strong>fore<br />

<strong>the</strong> players emerge from <strong>the</strong> tunnel, at half-time<br />

or after <strong>the</strong> match. UEFA will play official <strong>UEL</strong><br />

walk-on music to accompany <strong>the</strong> players as <strong>the</strong>y<br />

walk from <strong>the</strong> tunnel into <strong>the</strong> lineup position<br />

and will play <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m to accompany <strong>the</strong><br />

players’ lineup.<br />

• A non-commercial jingle lasting no longer than<br />

15 seconds may <strong>be</strong> played when a goal is scored,<br />

subject to approval by UEFA. No jingle can <strong>be</strong><br />

played during <strong>the</strong> match for goals scored at<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r matches.<br />

• The volume of <strong>the</strong> PA system must <strong>be</strong> fixed<br />

to a level that does not disturb <strong>the</strong> activities<br />

of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

• The club arranges for personnel to operate<br />

<strong>the</strong> PA system at <strong>the</strong> times requested by<br />

UEFA, including rehearsals on <strong>the</strong> days prior<br />

to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• The club is responsible for obtaining<br />

any necessary clearances for <strong>the</strong> playing<br />

of incidental music over <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />

in a broadcast and fixed media environment.<br />

• As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, no references to<br />

commercial entities are permitted over <strong>the</strong><br />

PA system as <strong>the</strong> teams walk out and during<br />

<strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> PA system may<br />

no longer <strong>be</strong> used for commercial messages<br />

with <strong>the</strong> exception of:<br />

– competitions and promotions for<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners;<br />

– <strong>the</strong> audio feed related to <strong>the</strong> six non-<strong>UEL</strong><br />

partner competitive commercial messages<br />

on <strong>the</strong> videoboards, as displayed in <strong>the</strong> table<br />

on page <strong>14</strong>2.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

Half-time and after <strong>the</strong> match<br />

No restrictions – Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– Highlights<br />

– Match-related graphics<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts (one block<br />

of three minutes at half-time)<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />

sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />

elements<br />

– Multilateral feed<br />

– Fan TV feed and videos<br />

– Highlights<br />

– Match-related graphics<br />

– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />

promotional adverts (one block<br />

of three minutes at half-time)<br />

17<br />

18<br />

<strong>14</strong>2 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>3


12.10 CLUB CHANNELS 12.11 FILMING AND VIDEO ANALYSIS<br />

FOR TECHNICAL PURPOSES<br />

<strong>Club</strong> channels are classed as non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters and must <strong>be</strong> treated as such.<br />

This means that <strong>the</strong>y are only allowed access<br />

to <strong>the</strong> following activities:<br />

• official training sessions for as long as <strong>the</strong>y<br />

are open to <strong>the</strong> media (minimum 15 minutes);<br />

• pre-match press conferences on MD-1<br />

• post-match press conferences<br />

• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone (with live facilities if required,<br />

subject to safety restrictions).<br />

ENG cameras <strong>be</strong>longing to club channels will<br />

<strong>be</strong> stored toge<strong>the</strong>r with ENG cameras of nonrights-holding<br />

broadcasters. On matchdays, club<br />

channels are not allowed to film inside <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

until after <strong>the</strong> final whistle, when cameras will <strong>be</strong><br />

released from storage.<br />

In addition, club channels must:<br />

• attend TV meetings with UEFA;<br />

• provide UEFA with complete production<br />

plans by MD-5;<br />

• observe any guidelines issued by UEFA;<br />

• not <strong>be</strong> given exclusive access to closed<br />

training sessions;<br />

• film training sessions from <strong>the</strong> same location<br />

as o<strong>the</strong>r media and not <strong>be</strong> a privileged filming<br />

position or access;<br />

• not “reserve” any mem<strong>be</strong>rs of <strong>the</strong> playing<br />

or coaching staff for exclusive club<br />

channel interviews.<br />

Studio presentations<br />

A home club channel with an established studio<br />

within <strong>the</strong> stadium is permitted to use presentation<br />

facilities on matchnights provided that:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> studio is not required for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

or o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> activities;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> studio does not have a view of <strong>the</strong> pitch,<br />

dressing rooms or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone and is<br />

enclosed or self-contained;<br />

• studio interviewees are limited to guests not<br />

directly involved in <strong>the</strong> match (former players,<br />

VIP guests, etc.).<br />

Those directly involved in <strong>the</strong> match may act as<br />

studio guests for club channels once it is over,<br />

provided all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and o<strong>the</strong>r non-rightsholding<br />

broadcasters’ privileges (flash interviews,<br />

studio interviews, press conferences and mixed<br />

zone activities) have <strong>be</strong>en fully respected.<br />

Cameras and o<strong>the</strong>r equipment may not <strong>be</strong><br />

used outside <strong>the</strong> studio, with <strong>the</strong> exception<br />

of <strong>the</strong> facilities agreed with UEFA for coverage<br />

of press conferences and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />

Visiting club channels<br />

Channels affiliated to visiting clubs:<br />

• are classed as non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />

and subject to <strong>the</strong> same restrictions as home<br />

club channels;<br />

• must share <strong>the</strong> same studio facilities<br />

as <strong>the</strong> home club channel;<br />

• may access <strong>the</strong> OB van area and commentary<br />

position area only if space is available.<br />

Commentary positions<br />

In principle, club channels are not entitled to<br />

a commentary position in <strong>the</strong> area reserved for <strong>UEL</strong><br />

broadcasters and <strong>UEL</strong> service providers. However,<br />

should a spare position <strong>be</strong> available once all <strong>the</strong><br />

above have <strong>be</strong>en allocated, club channels may<br />

<strong>be</strong> offered one position on an exceptional basis.<br />

Video analysis and filming are only permitted for<br />

technical purposes (i.e. for analysis by <strong>the</strong> coaching<br />

staff) and subject to UEFA instructions and/or<br />

guidelines. <strong>Club</strong>s should inform UEFA about <strong>the</strong><br />

intended use of such filming or video analysis,<br />

and this is to <strong>be</strong> approved in advance by UEFA.<br />

Approval may <strong>be</strong> granted to clubs in one of two<br />

forms:<br />

1. <strong>Club</strong>s may film and record matches in which<br />

<strong>the</strong>y are participating (both home and away)<br />

subject to:<br />

• UEFA’s authorisation;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> availability of <strong>the</strong> space required<br />

on a match-by-match basis;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> relevant request <strong>be</strong>ing received by <strong>the</strong><br />

Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> relevant matchweek.<br />

12.12 USE OF TECHNICAL DEVICES<br />

IN THE TECHNICAL AREA<br />

In order to enforce respect for <strong>the</strong> Laws of<br />

<strong>the</strong> Game, notably of <strong>the</strong> provisions forbidding<br />

people listed on <strong>the</strong> match sheet to have access<br />

to TV footage during matches, <strong>the</strong> following<br />

guidelines apply:<br />

• technical devices may not <strong>be</strong> used to<br />

establish direct contact with people outside<br />

<strong>the</strong> technical area;<br />

• computers are allowed, as long as <strong>the</strong>y are not<br />

used online for <strong>the</strong> purpose descri<strong>be</strong>d above;<br />

2. <strong>Club</strong>s may ask for a video feed (main camera<br />

or multi-feed) in <strong>the</strong> flash interview area or<br />

commentary area, subject to:<br />

• UEFA’s authorisation;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> availability of <strong>the</strong> space required on<br />

a match-by-match basis;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> relevant request <strong>be</strong>ing received by <strong>the</strong><br />

Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> relevant matchweek;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster <strong>be</strong>ing able to provide<br />

such a service;<br />

• payment of up to €300 in technical costs<br />

to <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may also film and record <strong>the</strong> official training<br />

sessions on MD-1. During such training sessions<br />

<strong>the</strong> filming crew will <strong>be</strong> treated in <strong>the</strong> same way<br />

as o<strong>the</strong>r representatives of <strong>the</strong> media (e.g. as<br />

far as filming position or duration is concerned).<br />

• walkie-talkies may only <strong>be</strong> used <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

<strong>the</strong> team doctor and <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch<br />

to communicate if a player is <strong>be</strong>ing treated<br />

on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

The above prohibition covers <strong>the</strong> whole technical<br />

area, as well as <strong>the</strong> five additional technical seats.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

<strong>14</strong>4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>5


12.13 PUBLIC SCREENING<br />

Access to footage and signals<br />

In order to exploit <strong>the</strong>ir audiovisual rights, clubs<br />

may access <strong>the</strong>ir home and/or away match footage<br />

and signals as follows:<br />

Simultaneous transmissions on giant viewing<br />

screens outside <strong>the</strong> stadium are only allowed<br />

with <strong>the</strong> authorisation of:<br />

• UEFA;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> live <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster in <strong>the</strong> territory<br />

of <strong>the</strong> screening;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> relevant public authorities.<br />

In order to hold a public screening, a club must<br />

obtain an appropriate licence from UEFA at least<br />

five working days in advance. If a club is aware<br />

of any o<strong>the</strong>r public screening, it should inform<br />

UEFA immediately.<br />

• through tape dubbing from <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

tape library;<br />

• by accessing to <strong>the</strong> international feed via<br />

UEFA’s designated satellite provider in Europe.<br />

The above options are subject to payment of<br />

associated technical costs and, where applicable,<br />

to conclusion of a service level agreement.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

12.<strong>14</strong> CLUB MEDIA RIGHTS<br />

As a result of <strong>the</strong> settlement negotiated <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

UEFA and <strong>the</strong> European Commission, <strong>the</strong> “core”<br />

audiovisual rights will <strong>be</strong> exploited on an exclusive<br />

basis by UEFA. However, <strong>the</strong> settlement also<br />

provides that certain rights – notably non-live<br />

audiovisual rights and live audio rights – will <strong>be</strong><br />

exploited jointly by UEFA and <strong>the</strong> clubs.<br />

Overall media rights concept<br />

A brief overview of <strong>the</strong> media rights available for<br />

exploitation by clubs is set out <strong>be</strong>low. Full details<br />

of <strong>the</strong> principles of exploitation of certain <strong>UEL</strong><br />

media rights by clubs can <strong>be</strong> found in Annex VII<br />

of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>. For fur<strong>the</strong>r information, clubs should<br />

contact <strong>the</strong>ir UEFA venue team in <strong>the</strong> first instance<br />

or clubvideo@uefa.ch for queries regarding club<br />

media rights.<br />

Audiovisual<br />

• In recognition of <strong>the</strong> convergence of<br />

technologies via which audiovisual content may<br />

<strong>be</strong> distributed, UEFA has licensed <strong>the</strong> audiovisual<br />

content for <strong>the</strong> 2012 -15 commercial cycle<br />

using a “platform-neutral” approach. This means<br />

that a <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster that has acquired<br />

<strong>the</strong> audiovisual rights to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League may broadcast <strong>the</strong> relevant footage<br />

via television, internet and/or mobile devices.<br />

A list of all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters is available from<br />

UEFA upon request.<br />

• In principle, UEFA will license <strong>the</strong> live rights to<br />

all matches, which means that <strong>the</strong>se rights are<br />

not available for club exploitation. However,<br />

clubs may exploit certain non-live rights (clips,<br />

highlights and/or footage of entire matches) and<br />

fixed-media rights (e.g. DVD, CD-ROM) to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

home and away matches. As referred to above,<br />

fur<strong>the</strong>r information is set out in Annex VII of<br />

<strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

Audio<br />

• UEFA may exploit audio rights for <strong>UEL</strong> matches<br />

and clubs will <strong>be</strong> informed of <strong>the</strong> media<br />

partners to whom UEFA has granted audio<br />

rights. These media partners must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />

with appropriate technical facilities and a<br />

commentary position free of charge if requested<br />

– clubs may not charge <strong>the</strong>se media partners<br />

any fee.<br />

• In addition, clubs may exploit live and delayed<br />

audio rights (including internet audio rights) to<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir home matches (excluding <strong>the</strong> final) on a<br />

non-exclusive basis. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details of this are set<br />

out in Annex VII of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />

For more details on <strong>the</strong> above possibilities, clubs<br />

are invited to contact <strong>the</strong>ir venue team in <strong>the</strong><br />

first instance. Alternatively, clubs can enter into<br />

an arrangement with a <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster in <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

territory. <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are under no obligation<br />

to provide this service and any relevant technical<br />

and dispatch costs must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> clubs.<br />

UEFA Europa League material<br />

The UEFA Europa League has not only established<br />

itself as a successful competition and commercial<br />

concept, but also as a highly prestigious brand. The<br />

brand elements include <strong>the</strong> tournament name, core<br />

brand identity (logo, trophy, font, colour palette),<br />

on-air and off-air visual identities and music.<br />

UEFA is entrusted to protect and enhance <strong>the</strong><br />

value of <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> commercial concept<br />

and <strong>the</strong> brand. As such, and in line with <strong>the</strong> rights<br />

granted to <strong>the</strong>m for specific products, clubs have<br />

only limited rights to use any UEFA Europa League<br />

material (only as authorised by UEFA regulations<br />

and brand manual) and have no right to use <strong>the</strong><br />

image of <strong>the</strong> official match ball. No commercial<br />

association whatsoever is allowed <strong>be</strong>tween a third<br />

party and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League or <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League material (as referred to in section<br />

16). The club’s official website and any wireless<br />

offering must also adhere to <strong>the</strong>se guidelines.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

<strong>14</strong>6 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>7


13 ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

13.1 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE ACCREDITATION SYSTEM<br />

13.2 MEDIA ACCESS RIGHTS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

PROCEDURES<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


General<br />

13<br />

ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

Part of <strong>the</strong> centralised approach of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League is a single accreditation system for <strong>the</strong><br />

whole competition. This system will <strong>be</strong> implemented in parallel with <strong>the</strong> club’s existing accreditation<br />

system with <strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong> technical area, <strong>the</strong> pitch and broadcaster-specific areas, where only<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> accreditation will <strong>be</strong> implemented.<br />

13.1 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

ACCREDITATION SYSTEM<br />

The colour-coded <strong>UEL</strong> accreditation system, consisting of <strong>the</strong> various devices set out <strong>be</strong>low,<br />

will <strong>be</strong> implemented at all <strong>UEL</strong> matches from <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards.<br />

Accreditation cards Access areas Distributed to<br />

Blue<br />

– All areas except pitch, dressing<br />

rooms, club VIP hospitality<br />

– Does not allow seat in stadium,<br />

except for commentators<br />

in commentary area<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster staff<br />

UEFA service staff<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Green<br />

– All areas except dressing rooms,<br />

club VIP hospitality<br />

– Distribution subject<br />

to UEFA approval<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster staff<br />

<strong>Club</strong> technical staff<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

Red<br />

– All areas (including<br />

dressing rooms)<br />

– Distribution subject<br />

to UEFA approval<br />

UEFA officials<br />

UEFA venue team<br />

Home club (max. 15)<br />

Visiting club (max.15)<br />

<strong>Club</strong> technical staff<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

151


Bibs<br />

Supplementary Access Devices (SADS)<br />

Group stage<br />

Ballboys/girls’ pre-match<br />

ceremony bibs (grey)<br />

For ballboys/girls and<br />

pre-match ceremony staff<br />

TV bibs (burgundy<br />

with green stripe)<br />

For all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />

cameramen and ENG crew<br />

as well as technicians working<br />

on <strong>the</strong> pitch during <strong>the</strong> match<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, additional accreditation stickers (trophy) may <strong>be</strong> distributed to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters on a<br />

venue-by-venue basis to provide access to sensitive areas (e.g. players’ tunnel, flash interview area,<br />

commentary positions).<br />

Supplementary access device<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Photographers’ bibs<br />

(burgundy with red stripe)<br />

For all accredited<br />

photographers (also those<br />

with club accreditation,<br />

if normally required)<br />

Approval, production and distribution overview<br />

Group stage<br />

Produced by<br />

Distributed by<br />

Knockout stage<br />

Produced by<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> accreditation cards UEFA UEFA UEFA UEFA<br />

Distributed by<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Knockout stage<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> aforementioned bibs and as part of <strong>the</strong> commercial and exclusivity<br />

concept, UEFA will provide <strong>the</strong> clubs with one additional type of bib, ei<strong>the</strong>r in yellow or<br />

orange. The bibs will <strong>be</strong> produced by UEFA and must <strong>be</strong> worn by <strong>the</strong> relevant group as<br />

of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />

Stewards’ bibs (yellow/orange)<br />

For stewards/security staff (no<br />

accreditation card needed, club<br />

accreditation may <strong>be</strong> required)<br />

<strong>Club</strong> accreditation cards <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />

TV bibs UEFA UEFA UEFA UEFA<br />

Non-rights-holders’<br />

accreditations<br />

Audio reporters/written<br />

press/o<strong>the</strong>r media accreditations<br />

<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />

<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />

Photographers’ bibs UEFA <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />

Stewards’ bibs <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />

Ballboys/girls pre-match<br />

ceremony bibs<br />

UEFA <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

152 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

153


13.2 MEDIA ACCESS RIGHTS<br />

AND ACCREDITATION PROCEDURES<br />

UEFA approves all requests and access area privileges,<br />

as far as commercial and media rights are involved.<br />

The restrictions set out <strong>be</strong>low apply to <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />

media groups.<br />

UEFA Europa League broadcasters<br />

Only <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may access matches for<br />

<strong>the</strong> purpose of recording within <strong>the</strong> stadium. Any<br />

requests received by <strong>the</strong> club from <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

must <strong>be</strong> forwarded to UEFA.<br />

Non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />

Access rights<br />

Any broadcasters on site o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />

are non-rights-holding broadcasters. In order to protect<br />

<strong>the</strong> exclusivity of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, it is crucial that any<br />

non-rights-holding broadcasters are only allowed access<br />

to <strong>the</strong> following activities at venues, subject to space:<br />

• official training sessions for as long as <strong>the</strong>y<br />

are open to press (min. 15 minutes);<br />

• press conferences on MD-1;<br />

• post-match press conferences;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />

All non-rights-holding broadcasters’ ENG cameras<br />

must <strong>be</strong> deposited in <strong>the</strong> designated safe storage<br />

room upon entry to <strong>the</strong> stadium. These cameras can<br />

only <strong>be</strong> collected after <strong>the</strong> final whistle (after extra<br />

time and penalties if applicable) for access to <strong>the</strong><br />

press conference and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone. The club is<br />

responsible for managing this facility.<br />

From <strong>the</strong> above, it is clear that non-rights-holding<br />

broadcasters may not:<br />

• conduct any activities at any time, with <strong>the</strong><br />

exception of:<br />

– MD-1 training sessions;<br />

– MD-1 press conferences;<br />

– post-match press conferences and post-match<br />

mixed zone activities.<br />

• access any part of <strong>the</strong> stadium on matchday (with<br />

<strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong> press conference and <strong>the</strong><br />

mixed zone).<br />

Accreditation procedures<br />

• All requests for accreditation from non-rightsholding<br />

broadcasters must <strong>be</strong> sent in advance<br />

to <strong>the</strong> club press officer.<br />

• The home club may grant normal press or<br />

observer accreditations, media accreditation,<br />

space permitting.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for compiling a list of<br />

those requesting accreditation and supply<br />

this to UEFA.<br />

• The club press officer is responsible for<br />

distributing accreditations to <strong>the</strong> individuals<br />

concerned, after informing UEFA of <strong>the</strong><br />

respective requests.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for providing a special<br />

accreditation card for <strong>the</strong> press conference<br />

and/or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone, if necessary.<br />

<strong>Club</strong> media partners and club channels<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may contract or appoint partners (e.g.<br />

broadcasters) to exploit certain media rights on<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>be</strong>half (e.g. delayed audiovisual rights to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

home and away matches after Friday 24.00CET<br />

in a matchweek). Such club media partners must<br />

<strong>be</strong> treated as non-rights-holding broadcasters.<br />

However, in <strong>the</strong> event that availability or access<br />

to press conferences or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone is limited,<br />

first priority will <strong>be</strong> given to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />

and second priority may <strong>be</strong> given to <strong>the</strong> club<br />

media partners. Non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />

will <strong>the</strong>refore only <strong>be</strong> third priority. On-site<br />

decisions regarding <strong>the</strong>se issues will <strong>be</strong> made by<br />

UEFA. In addition, club channels must <strong>be</strong> treated<br />

as non-rights-holding broadcasters, but are entitled<br />

to certain additional <strong>be</strong>nefits as descri<strong>be</strong>d in<br />

section 12.10.<br />

Audio reporters, written press<br />

representatives and photographers<br />

Access rights<br />

• Audio reporters, representatives of <strong>the</strong> written<br />

press and photographers must not enter <strong>the</strong><br />

tunnel, pitch area or flash interview area<br />

at any time.<br />

• Audio reporters and <strong>the</strong> written press may<br />

attend training sessions (when open to <strong>the</strong><br />

media), <strong>the</strong> official press conferences and <strong>the</strong><br />

mixed zone.<br />

• Photographers may attend training sessions<br />

when open to <strong>the</strong> media and, if space is<br />

available, pre-match and post-match press<br />

conferences.<br />

• Prior to <strong>the</strong> match, photographers are permitted<br />

to ga<strong>the</strong>r on <strong>the</strong> appropriate touch line for <strong>the</strong><br />

lineup and team photos.<br />

• During <strong>the</strong> match, photographers may work<br />

from positions <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />

along both goal lines, with <strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong><br />

areas reserved for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster cameras. In<br />

certain circumstances, if agreed by UEFA, <strong>the</strong>y<br />

are also permitted to work from <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong><br />

advertising boards along <strong>the</strong> touch line opposite<br />

<strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />

• Photographers may only change ends at<br />

half-time or, if appropriate, during <strong>the</strong> interval<br />

<strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> start of extra time.<br />

• Photographers may never disturb broadcasting<br />

operations.<br />

Accreditation procedures<br />

• All requests for accreditation from audio<br />

reporters, <strong>the</strong> written press and photographers<br />

must <strong>be</strong> handled by <strong>the</strong> home club, who is<br />

responsible for compiling a list to <strong>be</strong> approved<br />

by UEFA, three days prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

• The club is responsible for <strong>the</strong> production and<br />

distribution of all accreditation passes for audio<br />

reporters, written press representatives and<br />

photographers, according <strong>the</strong> print material<br />

guidelines, as well as organising technical<br />

support and seating areas.<br />

• In principle, <strong>the</strong> total num<strong>be</strong>r of photographer<br />

accreditations must not exceed 100.<br />

• As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, UEFA is responsible for<br />

<strong>the</strong> production of photographers’ bibs. The club<br />

is responsible for assigning sufficient personnel<br />

to distribute <strong>the</strong> photographers’ bibs prior to <strong>the</strong><br />

match and collect <strong>the</strong> bibs when photographers<br />

leave <strong>the</strong> stadium (during or after <strong>the</strong> match).<br />

• The visiting club’s press officer must provide<br />

<strong>the</strong> club with a full list of photographers’<br />

accreditation requests prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

154 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />

155


<strong>14</strong> BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />

ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>.1 CENTRE CIRCLE AND LINEUP BANNER<br />

<strong>14</strong>.2 CLUB FAN AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>.3 CLUB PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>14</strong>.4 MATCHDAY PROGRAMME<br />

<strong>14</strong>.5 NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> MARKS ON DIGITAL CLUB PLATFORMS<br />

<strong>14</strong>.6 SOCIAL MEDIA<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


General<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

BRAND AND<br />

ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

To enhance awareness of <strong>the</strong> competition, brand identity and <strong>the</strong> centralised concept, a pre-match<br />

ceremony will take place at every UEFA Europa League match. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by UEFA,<br />

activities associated with this require <strong>the</strong> cooperation of <strong>the</strong> home club, at both organisational and<br />

staffing level. Any personnel provided by <strong>the</strong> club to take part in such activities must <strong>be</strong> capable of<br />

performing <strong>the</strong>ir tasks and must comply with UEFA’s instructions.<br />

<strong>14</strong>.1 CENTRE CIRCLE AND LINEUP BANNER<br />

Before each <strong>UEL</strong> match, a centre circle and lineup<br />

banner ceremony is performed on <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />

<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> teams’ warm-up and kick-off. This prematch<br />

ceremony consists of one centre circle and<br />

one line up banner <strong>be</strong>ing placed as illustrated on<br />

<strong>the</strong> picture. For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club is asked<br />

to place <strong>the</strong> centre circle and line up banner on <strong>the</strong><br />

pitch as of stadium opening, subject to wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

conditions. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

signage supplier will place <strong>the</strong>se on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

The centre circle ceremony is performed to <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m. Unless <strong>the</strong> right to provide centre<br />

circle carriers has <strong>be</strong>en granted by UEFA to a <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partner, <strong>the</strong> club is asked to assist by providing<br />

up to 30 centre circle carriers dressed in <strong>the</strong> same<br />

neutral kit (no advertising visible). The centre<br />

circle carriers must <strong>be</strong> coordinated by an adult<br />

appointed by <strong>the</strong> club and must <strong>be</strong> available for a<br />

rehearsal on MD-1 (normally at around 17.00CET).<br />

In addition, <strong>the</strong> club will <strong>be</strong> asked to provide a<br />

minimum of two people capable of placing and<br />

taking off <strong>the</strong> banner in front of <strong>the</strong> players after<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m has <strong>be</strong>en played.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

159


<strong>14</strong>.2 CLUB FAN AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES <strong>14</strong>.3 CLUB PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may organise pre-match and half-time<br />

activities in <strong>the</strong> stadium to entertain <strong>the</strong> fans.<br />

All such activities are subject to <strong>the</strong> approval<br />

of UEFA, and <strong>the</strong> following principles apply.<br />

• No club activities may interfere in any way with<br />

<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> pre-match ceremony, including<br />

<strong>the</strong> playing of <strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> walk-on music<br />

and <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m.<br />

• Subject to health and safety rules, clubs may hand<br />

out items such as scarves or flags to <strong>the</strong>ir fans but<br />

must ensure that such items are not allowed to<br />

obstruct <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster cameras or, as of<br />

<strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> advertising boards.<br />

• No pre-match or half-time activities organised<br />

by <strong>the</strong> club may take place on <strong>the</strong> pitch, nor may<br />

<strong>the</strong>y affect it in any way. For example, it is not<br />

permitted to launch confetti or streamers prior<br />

to <strong>the</strong> match as <strong>the</strong>se may find <strong>the</strong>ir way onto<br />

<strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />

• Fan activities, choreographics, mosaics, etc.<br />

showing political or racist messages are not<br />

allowed. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, commercial<br />

messages (i.e. a sponsor logo on a giant match<br />

shirt) are also not allowed.<br />

Player escorts<br />

UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier partners<br />

have <strong>the</strong> opportunity to provide ei<strong>the</strong>r two player<br />

escorts (accompanying <strong>the</strong> captains) or two<br />

sets of 11 children (to accompany all <strong>the</strong> players)<br />

at selected UEFA Europa League matches.<br />

This promotion is conducted as follows:<br />

• Player escorts wear <strong>the</strong> official UEFA Europa<br />

League kit (shirt, shorts and socks) as worn by<br />

<strong>the</strong> teams at <strong>the</strong> relevant match, which complies<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />

However, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to introduce<br />

a specific player escort kit to <strong>be</strong> worn by all<br />

player escorts. Should ei<strong>the</strong>r of <strong>the</strong> clubs not<br />

<strong>be</strong> able to provide official UEFA Europa League<br />

kits, both sets of player escorts will <strong>be</strong> dressed<br />

in neutral kits (both sets in different colours)<br />

without any club identification, commercial or<br />

non-commercial messages.<br />

• The player escorts accompanying <strong>the</strong><br />

home club wear <strong>the</strong> kit of <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />

and vice versa.<br />

• The clubs are requested to source <strong>the</strong>se kits.<br />

• The children accompany <strong>the</strong> players onto<br />

<strong>the</strong> pitch and exit <strong>the</strong> pitch immediately after<br />

<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m has ended,<br />

prior to <strong>the</strong> fair play handshake.<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> partner responsible should organise<br />

an adult as a chaperone.<br />

• The club should provide a suitable room for <strong>the</strong><br />

children to change prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s will <strong>be</strong> informed within a fixed deadline as to<br />

whe<strong>the</strong>r a <strong>UEL</strong> partner is providing player escorts.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are only sourcing two player<br />

escorts, <strong>the</strong> home club is encouraged to provide<br />

an additional 20 children to accompany all players.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are not providing any player<br />

escorts, <strong>the</strong> club is encouraged to source two<br />

children to accompany <strong>the</strong> captains or preferably<br />

two sets of 11 escorts to accompany all players,<br />

and may conduct <strong>the</strong> promotion as set out above.<br />

In ei<strong>the</strong>r case, <strong>the</strong> club should provide an adult<br />

as a chaperone. The use of player escorts by <strong>the</strong><br />

club must <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed in advance<br />

with UEFA. Children should <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween 1.10m and<br />

1.30m tall (approximately 7-9 years old), must <strong>be</strong><br />

capable of performing <strong>the</strong> task assigned to <strong>the</strong>m,<br />

and must adhere to UEFA’s instructions.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are only permitted to conduct promotional<br />

activities under <strong>the</strong> following conditions.<br />

• No activities are allowed in <strong>the</strong> exclusive areas.<br />

• No third-party association is allowed with<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand identity or name.<br />

• No reference is permitted <strong>be</strong>tween<br />

a <strong>UEL</strong> match and a non-<strong>UEL</strong> partner.<br />

• All promotional activities must comply with<br />

<strong>the</strong> guidelines set out in this manual and<br />

in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

Any promotional activity must <strong>be</strong> sent for<br />

approval to UEFA at ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch<br />

at least one week prior to <strong>the</strong> respective match.<br />

The <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners are <strong>the</strong> only<br />

parties permitted to call <strong>the</strong>mselves partners of<br />

<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League. No o<strong>the</strong>r commercial or<br />

non-commercial entity may create or insinuate a<br />

potential association with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

name, brand identity, logo or a <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

160 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

161


<strong>14</strong>.4 MATCHDAY PROGRAMME <strong>14</strong>.5 NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF <strong>UEL</strong> MARKS<br />

ON DIGITAL CLUB PLATFORMS<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may produce a matchday programme if <strong>the</strong>y<br />

wish. If a club decides to produce a programme,<br />

it must provide a minimum of 50 complimentary<br />

copies to UEFA for distribution among <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partners and <strong>the</strong> media. UEFA Europa League<br />

matchday programmes must <strong>be</strong> produced in<br />

accordance with <strong>the</strong> guidelines set out <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

There are no restrictions on <strong>the</strong> publication size<br />

or <strong>the</strong> paper weight of <strong>the</strong> programme.<br />

Programmes may <strong>be</strong> printed in a club’s local<br />

language. However, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

brand is always used in its entirety and written<br />

in English. The club is responsible for any<br />

translations required.<br />

The UEFA Europa League name and/or logo is<br />

subject to <strong>the</strong> proper usage guidelines in section<br />

1.4. If a club wishes to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> design for<br />

<strong>the</strong> programme, <strong>the</strong> branding guidelines defined<br />

in <strong>the</strong> brand manual (including, for example,<br />

<strong>the</strong> exclusion area around <strong>the</strong> logo) should <strong>be</strong><br />

respected. Text or images should not <strong>be</strong> placed on<br />

top of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> design.<br />

On any page where <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League name<br />

and/or logo are included, third-party association<br />

(advertisement or sponsorship), o<strong>the</strong>r than that<br />

of <strong>UEL</strong> partners, is not permitted. In addition, <strong>the</strong><br />

front page of <strong>the</strong> programme must not include any<br />

commercial presence.<br />

There are no restrictions on <strong>the</strong> editorial content<br />

of <strong>the</strong> programme. Information about <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League, such as results tables, is available<br />

from UEFA on request. To help UEFA promote <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League or any o<strong>the</strong>r pan-European<br />

football initiative (e.g. <strong>the</strong> Respect campaign),<br />

clubs will provide UEFA with one page (free of<br />

charge) in any matchday programme on request.<br />

Player head shots and team photos of all<br />

competing clubs are provided by UEFA to <strong>the</strong><br />

clubs prior to <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

season. Photographs taken at UEFA Europa League<br />

matches are available from <strong>the</strong> official UEFA<br />

photographer. Please contact UEFA for fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

information. Photographs displaying any form of<br />

advertising o<strong>the</strong>r than that of <strong>the</strong> shirt sponsor and<br />

manufacturer’s trademark on <strong>the</strong> players’ kit (shirt,<br />

shorts, socks, goalkeeping gloves and cap) are not<br />

permitted.<br />

• For <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, no adverts may appear<br />

for products or brands of products in <strong>the</strong> product<br />

category exclusivity list unless <strong>the</strong>y are products<br />

or brands of <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners.<br />

• No adverts may appear for any broadcasters<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />

• No third-party sponsorship and/or association<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League is allowed.<br />

• <strong>UEL</strong> partners must get first option to buy<br />

advertising space in <strong>the</strong> matchday programme,<br />

and have <strong>the</strong> right to choose where this appears.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s must provide <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue team with<br />

<strong>the</strong> specifications of this advertising space and<br />

relevant deadlines.<br />

• Any publications distributed at UEFA Europa<br />

League matches are considered matchday<br />

programmes and are subject to <strong>the</strong> above rules.<br />

• A photocopy of <strong>the</strong> front and back of <strong>the</strong><br />

programme plus all pages including <strong>the</strong> inside<br />

covers, or <strong>the</strong> same information as a PDF file<br />

in an email attachment, must <strong>be</strong> sent to <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA venue team for approval no later than <strong>the</strong><br />

Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> matchweek. In addition, a<br />

translation may need to <strong>be</strong> provided if required<br />

by <strong>the</strong> venue team.<br />

• UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to review, approve or<br />

request changes to <strong>the</strong> submitted layout within<br />

24 hours of receipt.<br />

• Failure to submit <strong>the</strong> programme for approval<br />

may result in reprints at <strong>the</strong> club’s expense or<br />

cancellation of programme distribution.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s’ websites and o<strong>the</strong>r digital club platforms<br />

For <strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

season, qualified clubs are permitted to use <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> marks for non-commercial promotional<br />

purposes on club-branded and dedicated digital<br />

platforms. Permitted forms of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks for<br />

usage by <strong>the</strong> clubs in this context are defined in <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong> provided to all<br />

participating clubs. The following principles apply:<br />

• <strong>the</strong>re should <strong>be</strong> no third party association;<br />

• no third-party advertising should appear in<br />

sections of <strong>the</strong> website or platform where <strong>the</strong><br />

<strong>UEL</strong> marks are used;<br />

• clubs may not use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks to create<br />

dedicated <strong>UEL</strong> websites or digital products;<br />

• clubs are allowed to create a <strong>UEL</strong>-specific section<br />

within <strong>the</strong> broader club website or platform for<br />

<strong>the</strong> purpose of promoting <strong>the</strong>ir participation in<br />

<strong>the</strong> competition;<br />

• platforms should not <strong>be</strong> positioned as official<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> communication channels;<br />

• all usage of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks should <strong>be</strong> approved<br />

in advance by UEFA.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that <strong>the</strong> above does not apply<br />

to club’s media rights, all use of which is governed<br />

by <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> Media Rights Guidelines.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

162 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />

163


<strong>14</strong>.6 SOCIAL MEDIA<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

on <strong>the</strong> following social media platforms:<br />

• Facebook<br />

• Twitter<br />

• Foursquare<br />

• YouTu<strong>be</strong><br />

• Google+<br />

The following general principles apply<br />

to such promotion.<br />

• Any use of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks should <strong>be</strong> agreed<br />

in advance with UEFA. <strong>Club</strong>s should send a<br />

promotion concept and design proposal for<br />

UEFA’s approval.<br />

• The <strong>UEL</strong> logo and trophy should not <strong>be</strong> used<br />

on a stand-alone basis.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s may refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

in writing.<br />

• <strong>Club</strong>s may use <strong>UEL</strong> photography, but are<br />

responsible for clearing any third party rights.<br />

• Promotions must not <strong>be</strong> run in conjunction with<br />

third parties.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that <strong>the</strong> above does not apply<br />

to club’s media rights, all use of which is governed<br />

by <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> Media Rights Guidelines.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

164 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


15 UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />

15.1 ROAD TO THE FINAL<br />

15.2 ANTI-RACISM CAMPAIGN<br />

15.3 RESPECT CAMPAIGN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


15.1 ROAD TO THE FINAL<br />

15<br />

UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />

As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage,<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier<br />

may set up banners inside<br />

and outside <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />

promoting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> final.<br />

The club is asked to make<br />

space available and to assist<br />

UEFA with promoting this<br />

activity as part of <strong>the</strong> Road<br />

to <strong>the</strong> Final concept.<br />

15.2 ANTI-RACISM CAMPAIGN<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked to support <strong>the</strong> pan-<br />

European anti-racism campaign Unite<br />

Against Racism throughout <strong>the</strong> season<br />

and join <strong>the</strong> FARE (Football Against Racism<br />

in Europe) action week activities on MD3.<br />

15.3 RESPECT CAMPAIGN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

Respect is a key principle of football. The game<br />

transcends borders, removes barriers and<br />

overcomes prejudices leaving no tolerance for<br />

racism, social exclusion, sexism or homophobia.<br />

UEFA promotes respect at all of its matches with<br />

<strong>the</strong> aim of preserving <strong>the</strong> integrity of <strong>the</strong> sport at<br />

all levels, of protecting and promoting <strong>the</strong> values<br />

of football and of showing solidarity.<br />

Respect is also UEFA’s social responsibility<br />

programme which aims to support local<br />

communities, tackle social issues and work towards<br />

unity across gender, race, religion and ability. It<br />

highlights UEFA’s commitment to combat racism,<br />

increase awareness for fans with disabilities,<br />

promote health through physical activity and<br />

encourage intercultural dialogue <strong>be</strong>tween fans.<br />

<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked to support <strong>the</strong> Respect<br />

campaign, or o<strong>the</strong>r campaigns organised<br />

by UEFA, throughout <strong>the</strong> season.<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />

169


16 LICENSING<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


Co-branded licensed products<br />

If UEFA and a club agree to cooperate on a<br />

licensing programme, this is referred to as a “cobranded<br />

licensed product”. Co-branded licensed<br />

products fall into one of three categories.<br />

• Individual: in which <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

logo and <strong>the</strong> club emblem are used e.g. a scarf<br />

with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League logo and a club<br />

emblem.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

16<br />

LICENSING<br />

UEFA operates an official licensing programme<br />

to <strong>be</strong>nefit and extend <strong>the</strong> brand image of <strong>the</strong><br />

UEFA Europa League and foster <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />

partnership spirit.<br />

The <strong>be</strong>nefits of <strong>the</strong> licensing programme<br />

to clubs are:<br />

• new revenue sources;<br />

• a unique opportunity for clubs to use<br />

<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo commercially;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> promotion of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

and clubs’ involvement in <strong>the</strong> competition;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> restriction of unauthorised commercial<br />

use of <strong>the</strong> logo by third parties.<br />

UEFA’s licensing strategy is to concentrate on a<br />

limited num<strong>be</strong>r of product categories which will<br />

promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, exploit UEFA’s<br />

intellectual property rights and commercially<br />

<strong>be</strong>nefit <strong>the</strong> clubs competing in <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

Generic licensed products<br />

If UEFA licenses a manufacturer to create a<br />

product featuring <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand, this is referred<br />

to as a “generic licensed product”. Products<br />

will typically reflect <strong>the</strong> high-quality image and<br />

values of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League and promote<br />

awareness of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />

• Collective: in which <strong>the</strong> club emblems of more<br />

than one club are used (such as 2 clubs playing<br />

against each o<strong>the</strong>r or all 4 clubs in a particular<br />

group); e.g. a “friendship scarf” with <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />

Europa League logo and <strong>the</strong> two competing<br />

clubs‘ emblems.<br />

• Finalists/winner: UEFA and <strong>the</strong> relevant club(s)<br />

enter into an agreement allowing <strong>the</strong> club(s)<br />

to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks on a range of products,<br />

and UEFA is allowed to use <strong>the</strong> clubs’ trademarks<br />

on certain products relating to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> final.<br />

UEFA normally develops an individual co-branded<br />

programme for each club. This is <strong>the</strong>n presented<br />

to <strong>the</strong> club, which can decide whe<strong>the</strong>r or not to<br />

take advantage of <strong>the</strong> programme by selling such<br />

products in its official club outlets. Please note<br />

that all clubs will <strong>be</strong> offered a range that does not<br />

feature any manufacturer branding.<br />

In all instances, <strong>the</strong> licensed products promote<br />

<strong>the</strong> involvement of <strong>the</strong> club in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League, generate revenue for <strong>the</strong> club and do not<br />

compete directly with products licensed by clubs<br />

<strong>the</strong>mselves. <strong>Club</strong>s competing in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League are asked to work with UEFA and strongly<br />

encouraged to participate in licensing projects.<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

LICENSING<br />

173


Licensed audiovisual products<br />

Audiovisual licensing rights (video, multimedia<br />

and video games) will <strong>be</strong> exploited via a selection<br />

of specific top-quality licensing partners for each<br />

activity. Due consideration will <strong>be</strong> given to clubs’<br />

existing licensing partners.<br />

Licensing procedure<br />

In all instances clubs will <strong>be</strong> approached by<br />

UEFA with a proposal regarding <strong>the</strong> project<br />

in question, and will <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> asked to consider<br />

<strong>the</strong> proposal, but are strongly encouraged to<br />

participate in <strong>the</strong> project.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> case of co-branded licensed projects for<br />

<strong>the</strong> finalists/winner, clubs will receive a letter of<br />

agreement pertaining to <strong>the</strong> individual project<br />

which will set out <strong>the</strong> rights that UEFA wishes<br />

to license and <strong>the</strong> corresponding terms and<br />

conditions.<br />

The UEFA Marketing department will supply<br />

clubs with additional information on request.<br />

UEFA’s intellectual property rights<br />

UEFA is <strong>the</strong> exclusive owner of all intellectual<br />

property rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League and, in particular, <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League name, logo<br />

and brand assets;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League trophy;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> design of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />

official match ball;<br />

• <strong>the</strong> UEFA logo, name and music;<br />

• match fixture products.<br />

None of <strong>the</strong> properties mentioned above may<br />

<strong>be</strong> used without UEFA’s prior written consent,<br />

as this may cause damage to <strong>the</strong> official licensing<br />

programme implemented by UEFA, which<br />

maximises <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nefits for all participants of<br />

<strong>the</strong> competition. This means that clubs may not<br />

produce <strong>UEL</strong> merchandise or authorise any third<br />

party to associate itself with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />

League in any way.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Future<br />

When clubs sign new or renew existing licensing contracts, <strong>the</strong>y must wherever possible include provisions<br />

that would enable <strong>the</strong>m to grant cross-licensing rights limited to <strong>UEL</strong> official licensed products in future,<br />

such as those included in <strong>the</strong> list <strong>be</strong>low.<br />

Category Product type Products<br />

Clothing and accessories Combination – club and <strong>UEL</strong> logo<br />

T-shirts/sweatshirts, caps,<br />

scarves, flags, pennants<br />

Multimedia Combination – club and <strong>UEL</strong> logo Video games, DVDs, CD-ROMs<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

174 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>


17 PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


1<br />

17<br />

PRODUCT CATEGORY<br />

EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />

Western Union<br />

• Money transfer services<br />

• Retail, investment and private banking services<br />

• Real and/or virtual payment systems<br />

(including credit and debit cards, pre-paid<br />

cards, e-commerce and m-commerce<br />

payment systems and money orders)<br />

• Travellers’ cheques<br />

• Bill payment services<br />

• Insurance products and services<br />

HTC<br />

• Mobile telephone handset hardware; accessories<br />

and peripherals which are specific to mobile<br />

telephone handset hardware (e.g. earpieces and<br />

camera attachments); and in-vehicle mobile<br />

telephone adaptation systems; and<br />

• Laptop/notebook/tablet personal computers;<br />

and accessories and peripherals which are<br />

specific to laptop/notebook/tablet personal<br />

computers (e.g. speakers, microphones,<br />

mouses and keyboards).<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Hankook<br />

adidas<br />

10<br />

• Tyres for mechanised vehicles, including but not<br />

limited to, tyres for cars, trucks and bicycles<br />

• Footballs (excluding hacky sacs, any PVC<br />

balls, toy balls and novelty balls such as balls<br />

on key rings)<br />

11<br />

• Football equipment<br />

12<br />

• Sports clothing and apparel (including sports<br />

inspired “lifestyle” ranges)<br />

13<br />

• Sports footwear (including sports inspired<br />

‘lifestyle’ ranges)<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

• Sports bags<br />

• Sports scarves, caps, pennants and flags<br />

15<br />

16<br />

Note: UEFA has <strong>the</strong> right to provide fur<strong>the</strong>r details (e.g. additional product categories) from time to time.<br />

17<br />

18<br />

PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />

179


18 APPENDICES<br />

18.1 INDEX<br />

18.2 CONTACT INFORMATION<br />

18.3 SEASON PLANNER<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18


18.1 INDEX<br />

A<br />

Access to footage/signal <strong>14</strong>7<br />

Accreditation cards 124, 151-155<br />

Accreditation system 22, 151-155<br />

Advertising boards 26, 63-65, 80, 85, 90-91, 102-103, 155, 160<br />

Anti-racism 169<br />

Audiovisual products 174<br />

E<br />

ENG cameras 65, 78, <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />

Exclusive area 18, 99-100, 103, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>2, 161<br />

Exclusivity 18, 99, 152, 179<br />

F<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

18<br />

APPENDICES<br />

B<br />

Ballboys/girls 136, 139, 152-153<br />

Bibs 136-137, 152-153, 155<br />

Brand identity 19, 159, 161<br />

C<br />

Cabling 71, <strong>14</strong>1<br />

Camera positions 33, 36, 59-65<br />

Camera storage for<br />

non-rights-holding broadcasters 81, <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />

Centre circle 22, 25, 36, 139, 159<br />

Clean stadium 94, 99-100<br />

<strong>Club</strong>’s existing accreditation system 151<br />

<strong>Club</strong> channels <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />

<strong>Club</strong> logo 89, 101<br />

Commentary positions 23, 33, 36, 59, 66, 77, <strong>14</strong>4, <strong>14</strong>6, 153<br />

Commercial concept 18, 26, 90, 107, <strong>14</strong>7<br />

Complimentary tickets 32, 47-48<br />

Construction 59, 67, 68<br />

Countdown to kick-off 19, 23-25<br />

Co-branded licensed products 173-174<br />

<strong>Club</strong> VIP hospitality 47, 51, 109, 151<br />

D<br />

Fan TV 23, <strong>14</strong>2<br />

Filming of teams’ preparation 116<br />

Flags 138<br />

Flash interview 18, 113-1<strong>14</strong>, 135, <strong>14</strong>5<br />

Flash interview backdrop 92<br />

Flash interview position 33, 65, 69, 72, 113-1<strong>14</strong><br />

Floodlights 24, 39<br />

Frequently used terms 13<br />

G<br />

Generic licensed products 173<br />

H<br />

Hospitality passes 52, 89<br />

I<br />

Indoor studios 33, 59, 68, 72, 113<br />

Intellectual property 173-174<br />

Internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs 93<br />

Internal stadium TV channel 41, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />

Internet 13, 31, 38, 40-41, 77, 80, <strong>14</strong>6<br />

J<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

Delegate 22-23, 25-26, 31, 38-39, 47<br />

Directional signage 103<br />

Disabilities 36<br />

Dispatch of tickets, hospitality<br />

and parking passes 52<br />

Doping control 1<strong>14</strong><br />

Doping control officer 26, 1<strong>14</strong><br />

Doping control station 31, 38<br />

Dressing rooms 24-25, 31, 37-38, 63, 68, 79,<br />

109, 115-116, 123, <strong>14</strong>4, 151<br />

Jingle <strong>14</strong>1, <strong>14</strong>3<br />

K<br />

Key dates 16<br />

Kit 16, 23, 25, 132-136, <strong>14</strong>0, 159-160, 162<br />

L<br />

Licensing 18, 173-174<br />

LOC 20<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

Page num<strong>be</strong>rs marked in bold are <strong>the</strong> most relevant references.<br />

APPENDICES<br />

183


M<br />

P<br />

T<br />

Main contact 20, 26<br />

Mascots <strong>14</strong>0<br />

Matchday programme 89, 94, 162<br />

Match schedule 15<br />

Matchweek schedule 22<br />

Media hospitality 66, 81<br />

Media rights 18, 107, <strong>14</strong>6, 154<br />

Media seating (media tribune) 34, 40, 77, 80<br />

Media working area 34, 40, 66, 77, 80, 93<br />

Medical requirements 131<br />

Medical room 38, 131<br />

Meetings 21-23, 31, 42, <strong>14</strong>2, <strong>14</strong>4<br />

Meeting rooms 20, 31, 42<br />

Mixed zone 18, 22, 34, 65-66, 79, 92, 99,<br />

113-1<strong>14</strong>, 116, 123, <strong>14</strong>4, 154-155<br />

Mixed zone backdrops 79, 92<br />

Moveable pitch 37<br />

N<br />

Non-rights-holding broadcaster 34-35, 78-79,<br />

O<br />

81, 92, 153-154<br />

Parking 32, 34, 52, 85<br />

Personnel 20, 26, 66, <strong>14</strong>3, 155, 159<br />

Photographers 40, 65, 80, 123, 152-153, 155<br />

Photographers’ working area 34, 40, 80<br />

Pitch reporter 67<br />

Pitchside presentation 33, 69, 72, 115<br />

Pitch view studio 33, 59, 68, 72, 115<br />

Pitch watering 139<br />

Player escorts 160<br />

Power 31, 36, 39-40, 41, 66, 68-70, 72, 77, 85<br />

Press conference backdrop 78, 92, 122<br />

Press conference room 34, 65-66, 78, 99, 122<br />

Press conference table signs 78, 92<br />

Press kit 93, 124<br />

Press kit folder 78, 93, 121<br />

Press paper 78, 93, 121<br />

Print material 89, 94, 155<br />

Product supply and display 109<br />

Promotions 18, 53, 109, <strong>14</strong>1, 169<br />

PA system 36, 99, <strong>14</strong>1, <strong>14</strong>3<br />

Public screening <strong>14</strong>6<br />

Purchase tickets 32, 47, 49-50, 52<br />

R<br />

Team arrivals 116<br />

Team lineup 64-65, 124-125<br />

Telephone 31, 40-41, 66, 179<br />

Tickets 19, 26, 32-33, 35, 47-52, 89, 94, 99, 101<br />

Training 22, 24, 31, 37, 39, 100, 113, 122-123, 154-155<br />

Translation 78, 121-122, 162<br />

TV compound 33, 36, 70<br />

U<br />

UEFA Europa League logo 13, 19, 89, 173<br />

UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m 18-19, 25, 36, 64,<br />

<strong>14</strong>3, 159-160, 174<br />

UEFA media officer 20, 26, 124<br />

UEFA photographer 37<br />

UEFA media seating and<br />

photographer passes 77<br />

UEFA venue director 20, 26, 124<br />

UEFA venue operations<br />

wwww and broadcast manager 26<br />

Uplink area 33, 70<br />

V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Observer seats 33, 72<br />

Offices 22, 31, 41<br />

Official ball 108<br />

Organisational matters 20-23<br />

Oversized advertising boards 91<br />

Retractable roof 39<br />

Road to <strong>the</strong> final 169<br />

S<br />

Scoreboard 19, 41, 99-100, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />

Security 22-23, 26, 35, 36, 41, 50, 53, 60,<br />

63, 65, 68, 70, 81, 94, 101, 116, 152<br />

Security officer 20, 22-23, 26<br />

Shirt sponsor 134, <strong>14</strong>0, 162<br />

Signage 19, 22, 26, 32-33, 39, 42, 85,<br />

94, 102-103, 159, 169<br />

Signage truck 22, 35, 85, 102<br />

Site visit 18, 20-21, 42, 51, 59, 91-92, 94, 99-101<br />

Stadium dressing 71, 102<br />

Stadium naming 77, 83<br />

Stadium tours 21, 109, <strong>14</strong>0<br />

Substitution panel stickers 93<br />

Super flash interview 47, 82, 90<br />

Surveillance system 36<br />

Video analysis <strong>14</strong>5<br />

Videoboard 22, 41, 99-101, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />

VIP hospitality 32, 51-52, 151<br />

VIP interview 69<br />

VIP tickets 32, 47-48, 51<br />

Visiting club channel 70, <strong>14</strong>4<br />

W<br />

Warm-up bibs 136-137<br />

Website 99, 125-126, 163<br />

Wireless facilities 40, 77, 80<br />

Working and storage area 39, 85<br />

Written press 34, 79-80, 153, 155<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

184 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

APPENDICES<br />

185


18.2 CONTACT INFORMATION<br />

LICENSING PARTNER<br />

UEFA<br />

Address<br />

Route de Genève 46<br />

CH-1260 Nyon 2<br />

Switzerland<br />

Main UEFA tel. + 41 848 00 27 27<br />

Main UEFA fax + 41 848 01 27 27<br />

Media desk tel. + 41 848 04 27 27<br />

Media desk fax + 41 22 707 28 38<br />

<strong>Club</strong> competitions fax + 41 22 707 23 33<br />

PRESIDENT<br />

Michel Platini<br />

OPERATIONS DIRECTOR<br />

Martin Kallen<br />

Match operations fax + 41 848 03 27 27<br />

Match operations email matchcentre@uefa.ch<br />

Media desk email<br />

media@uefa.ch<br />

Website<br />

www.UEFA.com<br />

<strong>Club</strong> media rights<br />

clubvideo@uefa.ch<br />

GENERAL SECRETARY<br />

Gianni Infantino<br />

COMPETITIONS DIRECTOR<br />

Giorgio Marchetti<br />

The Great Branding Company Ltd.<br />

Pino Grillo<br />

Managing Director<br />

Marketing House, Unit 26 Ribocon Way,<br />

Progress Business Park,<br />

Luton, Beds. LU4 9UR,<br />

United Kingdom<br />

Reception tel. +44 844 669 1005<br />

Reception fax +44 844 669 1006<br />

<strong>UEL</strong> direct line +44 158 249 6113<br />

Email<br />

uel@greatbranding.co.uk<br />

Sporting-iD<br />

Reception tel. +44 1376 500 566<br />

Reception fax +44 1376 500 578<br />

Email<br />

sales@sporting-id.com<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

FINANCE DIRECTOR<br />

Josef Koller<br />

MARKETING DIRECTOR<br />

Guy-Laurent Epstein<br />

9<br />

HEAD OF MATCH OPERATIONS<br />

Marc Vouillamoz<br />

HEAD OF CLUB COMPETITIONS<br />

Michael Heselschwerdt<br />

10<br />

HEAD OF STADIA AND SECURITY<br />

Marc Timmer<br />

HEAD OF CLUB OPERATIONS<br />

Patrick Comninos<br />

11<br />

HEAD OF UEFA EVENTS CENTRE<br />

Didier Andrist<br />

HEAD OF COMMUNICATIONS<br />

David Farrelly<br />

HEAD OF LOGISTICS OPERATIONS<br />

Christopher Gibbons<br />

SENIOR UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />

COMPETITION MANAGER<br />

Antonio Giachino<br />

SENIOR COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />

James Evangelides<br />

UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE COORDINATOR<br />

Domenico Tropea<br />

HEAD OF CLUB COMPETITIONS<br />

COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS<br />

Sébastien Leclerc<br />

HEAD OF TV PRODUCTION MARKETING /<br />

TV & VIDEO PRODUCTION<br />

Ross Bernard<br />

SENIOR MATCH OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />

Keith Dalton<br />

SENIOR COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />

Guillaume Poisson<br />

SENIOR TV MATCH OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />

MARKETING / TV & VIDEO PRODUCTION<br />

Hövel Markus<br />

MEDIA OPERATIONS COORDINATOR<br />

David Perrette<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>14</strong><br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

186 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />

APPENDICES<br />

187

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!